10-K 1 v369811_10k.htm FORM 10-K
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
 
 
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Commission File No. 0-22345
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
 
 
Maryland
 
52-1974638
 
 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
 
(I.R.S. Employer
 
 
Incorporation or Organization)
 
Identification No.)
 
  
 
28969 Information Lane, Easton, Maryland
21601
 
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
 
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:  (410) 763-7800
 
Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class:
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share
 
Nasdaq Global Select Market
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ¨ Yes þ No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes þ No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days Yes þ No ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ No ¨
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (check one): 
 
Large accelerated filer ¨
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller Reporting Company þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):  Yes ¨ No þ
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter:  $59,623,353.
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of the latest practicable date: 8,471,289 as of February 28, 2014.
 
Documents Incorporated by Reference
 
Certain information required by Part III of this annual report is incorporated therein by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
 
 
INDEX
 
Part I
 
 
Item 1.
Business
4
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
16
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
25
Item 2.
Properties
25
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
26
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
26
 
 
 
Part II
 
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
27
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
29
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
30
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
46
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
46
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
87
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
87
Item 9B.
Other Information
87
 
 
 
Part III
 
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
87
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
88
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
88
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
88
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
88
 
 
 
Part IV
 
 
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
89
SIGNATURES
90
 
 
EXHIBIT LIST
91
 
 
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company” and “we,” “our” or “us” on a consolidated basis) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by words like “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of those words and other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.  Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved.  We caution that the forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and information available at the time the statements are made and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on factors which are in many instances, beyond our control.  Actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward-looking statements.  You should bear this in mind when reading this annual report and not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward-looking statements:
 
· general economic conditions, whether national or regional, and conditions in the lending markets in which we participate that may have an adverse effect on the demand for our loans and other products, our credit quality and related levels of nonperforming assets and loan losses, and the value and salability of the real estate that we own or that is the collateral for our loans;
 
· results of examinations of us by our regulators, including the possibility that our regulators may, among other things, require us to increase our reserve for loan losses or to write-down assets;
 
· changing bank regulatory conditions, policies or programs, whether arising as new legislation or regulatory initiatives, that could lead to restrictions on activities of banks generally, or our subsidiary banks in particular, more restrictive regulatory capital requirements, increased costs, including deposit insurance premiums, regulation or prohibition of certain income producing activities or changes in the secondary market for loans and other products;
 
· changes in market rates and prices may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet;
 
· our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;
 
· the effect of legislative or regulatory developments, including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry;
 
· competitive factors among financial services organizations, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking professionals;
 
· the growth and profitability of non-interest or fee income being less than expected;
 
· the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and
 
· the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.
 
You should also consider carefully the Risk Factors contained in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, which address additional factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements and could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.  The risks discussed in this annual report are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, management believes could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results.  You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors.  Consequently, you should not consider such disclosures to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. 
 
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except to the extent required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.  In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 
 
 
3

 
PART I
 
Item 1. Business.
 
BUSINESS
 
General
 
The Company was incorporated under the laws of Maryland on March 15, 1996 and is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”).  The Company is the largest independent financial holding company headquartered on the Eastern Shore of Maryland.  The Company’s primary business is acting as the parent company to several financial institution and insurance entities.  The Company engages in the banking business through CNB, a Maryland commercial bank with trust powers, The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland, a Maryland commercial bank (“Talbot Bank”), and, until January 1, 2011, The Felton Bank, a Delaware commercial bank (“Felton Bank”).  On January 1, 2011, Felton Bank merged into CNB, with CNB as the surviving bank.  Until December 31, 2009, CNB did business as The Centreville National Bank of Maryland, a national banking association.  It was converted to a Maryland charter on that date.  As used in this annual report, the term “Banks” refers to CNB, Talbot Bank and Felton Bank for periods prior to January 1, 2011 and to CNB and Talbot Bank for all other periods.
 
The Company engages in the insurance business through two general insurance producer firms, The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, and Elliott Wilson Insurance, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; one marine insurance producer firm, Jack Martin & Associates, Inc., a Maryland corporation; three wholesale insurance firms, Tri-State General Insurance Agency, LTD, a Maryland corporation, Tri-State General Insurance Agency of New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, and Tri-State General Insurance Agency of Virginia, Inc., a Virginia corporation (collectively “TSGIA”); and an insurance premium finance company, Mubell Finance, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, (all of the foregoing are collectively referred to as the “Insurance Subsidiaries”). 
 
The Company has three inactive subsidiaries, Wye Financial Services, LLC, Shore Pension Services, LLC, and Wye Mortgage, LLC, all of which were organized under Maryland law. 
 
Talbot Bank owns all of the issued and outstanding securities of Dover Street Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation that engages in the business of holding and managing real property acquired by Talbot Bank as a result of loan foreclosures. 
 
We operate in two business segments:  community banking and insurance products and services.  Financial information related to our operations in these segments for each of the two years ended December 31, 2013 is provided in Note 25 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Banking Products and Services
 
CNB is a Maryland commercial bank with trust powers that commenced operations in 1876.  CNB was originally chartered as a national banking association but converted to its present charter effective January 1, 2010.  Talbot Bank is a Maryland commercial bank that commenced operations in 1885 and was acquired by the Company in its December 2000 merger with Talbot Bancshares, Inc.  Felton Bank was a Delaware commercial bank that commenced operations in 1908 and was acquired by the Company in April 2004 when it merged with Midstate Bancorp, Inc.  The Banks operate 18 full service branches and 20 ATMs and provide a full range of commercial and consumer banking products and services to individuals, businesses, and other organizations in Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware.  The Banks’ deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). 
 
The Banks are independent community banks and serve businesses and individuals in their respective market areas.  Services offered are essentially the same as those offered by larger regional institutions that compete with the Banks. Services provided to businesses include commercial checking, savings, certificates of deposit and overnight investment sweep accounts. The Banks offer all forms of commercial lending, including secured and unsecured loans, working capital loans, lines of credit, term loans, accounts receivable financing, real estate acquisition development, construction loans and letters of credit.  Merchant credit card clearing services are available as well as direct deposit of payroll, internet banking and telephone banking services.
 
Services to individuals include checking accounts, various savings programs, mortgage loans, home improvement loans, installment and other personal loans, credit cards, personal lines of credit, automobile and other consumer financing, safe deposit boxes, debit cards, 24-hour telephone banking, internet banking, and 24-hour automatic teller machine services.  The Banks also offer nondeposit products, such as mutual funds and annuities, and discount brokerage services to their customers.  Additionally, the Banks have Saturday hours and extended hours on certain evenings during the week for added customer convenience.
 
 
4

 
Lending Activities
 
The Banks originate secured and unsecured loans for business purposes. Commercial loans are typically secured by real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other assets of the business. Commercial loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one to four family residential mortgage loans.  Repayment is often dependent on the successful operation of the business and may be affected by adverse conditions in the local economy or real estate market. The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers is therefore carefully analyzed during the loan approval process, and continues to be monitored by obtaining business financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns. The frequency of this ongoing analysis depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and collateral that secures the loan. The Banks request personal guarantees from the principals of the commercial loan borrowers.
 
The Banks’ commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by land for residential and commercial development, agricultural purpose properties, service industry buildings such as restaurants and motels, retail buildings and general purpose business space.  The Banks attempt to mitigate the risks associated with these loans through thorough financial analyses, conservative underwriting procedures, including loan to value ratio standards, obtaining additional collateral, closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans, and management’s knowledge of the local economy in which the Banks lend.
 
The Banks provide residential real estate construction loans to builders and individuals for single family dwellings. Residential construction loans are usually granted based upon “as completed” appraisals and are secured by the property under construction.  Additional collateral may be taken if loan to value ratios exceed 80%.  Site inspections are performed to determine pre-specified stages of completion before loan proceeds are disbursed.  These loans typically have maturities of six to 12 months and may have fixed or variable rate features.  Permanent financing options for individuals include fixed and variable rate loans with three- and five-year balloon features and one-, three- and five-year adjustable rate mortgage loans.  The risk of loss associated with real estate construction lending is controlled through conservative underwriting procedures such as loan to value ratios of 80% or less at origination, obtaining additional collateral, and closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans.
 
The Banks originate fixed and variable rate residential mortgage loans.  As with any consumer loan, repayment is dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy, among other factors.  Underwriting standards recommend loan to value ratios not to exceed 80% at origination based on appraisals performed by approved appraisers. The Banks rely on title insurance to protect their lien priorities and protect the property securing the loans by requiring fire and casualty insurance.
 
A variety of consumer loans are offered to customers, including home equity loans, credit cards and other secured and unsecured lines of credit and term loans.  Careful analysis of an applicant’s creditworthiness is performed before granting credit, and ongoing monitoring of loans outstanding is performed in an effort to minimize risk of loss by identifying problem loans early.
 
Deposit Activities
 
The Banks offer a full array of deposit products including checking, savings and money market accounts, and regular and IRA certificates of deposit.  The Banks also offer the CDARS program, providing up to $50 million of FDIC insurance to our customers.  In addition, we offer our commercial customers packages which include Cash Management services and various checking opportunities.
 
Trust Services
 
CNB has a trust department through which it markets trust, asset management and financial planning services to customers within our market areas using the trade name Wye Financial & Trust.
 
Insurance Activities
 
The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC, Elliott Wilson Insurance, LLC, and Mubell Finance, LLC were formed as a result of the Company’s acquisition of the assets of The Avon-Dixon Agency, Inc., Elliott Wilson Insurance, Inc., Avon-Dixon Financial Services, Inc., Joseph M. George & Son, Inc. and 59th Street Finance Company on May 1, 2002.  In November 2002, The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC acquired certain assets of W. M. Freestate & Son, Inc., a full-service insurance producer firm located in Centreville, Maryland.  Jack Martin & Associates, Inc., Tri-State General Insurance Agency, LTD, Tri-State General Insurance Agency of New Jersey, Inc., and Tri-State General Insurance Agency of Virginia, Inc. were acquired on October 1, 2007.
 
The Insurance Subsidiaries offer a full range of insurance products and services to customers, including insurance premium financing.
 
 
5

 
Seasonality
 
Management does not believe that our business activities are seasonal in nature. 
 
Employees
 
At February 28, 2014, we employed 332 persons, of which 302 were employed on a full-time basis. 
 
COMPETITION
 
The banking business is highly competitive.  Within our market areas, we compete with commercial banks (including local banks and branches or affiliates of other larger banks), savings and loan associations and credit unions for loans and deposits, with money market and mutual funds and other investment alternatives for deposits, with consumer finance companies for loans, with insurance companies, agents and brokers for insurance products, and with other financial institutions for various types of products and services.  There is also competition for commercial and retail banking business from banks and financial institutions located outside our market areas.
 
The primary factors in competing for deposits are interest rates, personalized services, the quality and range of financial services, convenience of office locations and office hours.  The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, the quality and range of lending services and personalized services.  The primary factors in competing for insurance customers are competitive rates, the quality and range of insurance products offered, and quality, personalized service.
 
To compete with other financial services providers, we rely principally upon local promotional activities, including advertisements in local newspapers, trade journals and other publications and on the radio, personal relationships established by officers, directors and employees with customers, and specialized services tailored to meet customers’ needs.  In those instances in which we are unable to accommodate the needs of a customer, we will arrange for those services to be provided by other financial services providers with which we have a relationship.  We additionally rely on referrals from satisfied customers.
 
The following tables set forth deposit data for FDIC-insured institutions in Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware as of June 30, 2013, the most recent date for which comparative information is available.
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Kent County, Maryland
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
Peoples Bank of Kent County, Maryland
 
$
181,128
 
34.36
%
PNC Bank, NA
 
 
152,604
 
28.95
 
Chesapeake Bank and Trust Co.
 
 
69,059
 
13.10
 
Branch Banking & Trust
 
 
52,023
 
9.87
 
CNB
 
 
45,883
 
8.70
 
SunTrust Bank
 
 
26,467
 
5.02
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
527,164
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Queen Anne’s County, Maryland
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
The Queenstown Bank of Maryland
 
$
352,581
 
39.41
%
CNB
 
 
234,511
 
26.21
 
Bank of America, NA
 
 
69,762
 
7.80
 
PNC Bank, NA
 
 
63,618
 
7.11
 
M&T
 
 
56,790
 
6.35
 
First National Bank of Pennsylvania
 
 
41,862
 
4.68
 
Branch Banking & Trust
 
 
24,787
 
2.77
 
Capital One Bank, NA
 
 
22,557
 
2.52
 
Peoples Bank
 
 
20,081
 
2.24
 
Sun Trust Bank
 
 
8,134
 
0.91
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
894,683
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Caroline County, Maryland
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
Provident State Bank, Inc
 
$
154,427
 
41.04
%
PNC Bank, NA
 
 
95,010
 
25.25
 
CNB
 
 
63,761
 
16.95
 
M&T
 
 
28,937
 
7.69
 
Branch Banking & Trust
 
 
28,710
 
7.63
 
The Queenstown Bank of Maryland
 
 
5,403
 
1.44
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
376,248
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Talbot County, Maryland
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland
 
$
477,431
 
43.10
%
PNC Bank, NA
 
 
140,590
 
12.69
 
Bank of America, NA
 
 
125,445
 
11.32
 
Easton Bank & Trust
 
 
118,264
 
10.68
 
The Queenstown Bank of MD
 
 
47,964
 
4.33
 
Branch Banking & Trust
 
 
47,281
 
4.27
 
M&T
 
 
47,247
 
4.26
 
SunTrust Bank
 
 
34,893
 
3.15
 
Provident State Bank, Inc
 
 
25,419
 
2.29
 
Capital One Bank, NA
 
 
22,971
 
2.07
 
First Mariner Bank
 
 
20,309
 
1.83
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,107,814
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
 
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Dorchester County, Maryland
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
The National Bank of Cambridge
 
$
176,662
 
32.59
%
Hebron Savings Bank
 
 
107,363
 
19.80
 
Provident State Bank, Inc
 
 
64,810
 
11.95
 
Branch Banking & Trust
 
 
59,298
 
10.94
 
M&T
 
 
37,489
 
6.92
 
The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland
 
 
35,730
 
6.59
 
Bank of America, NA
 
 
30,732
 
5.67
 
SunTrust Bank
 
 
30,040
 
5.54
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
542,124
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
Kent County, Delaware
 
Deposits
 
Total
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
M&T
 
$
521,198
 
28.49
%
PNC Bank Delaware
 
 
334,671
 
18.29
 
First NB of Wyoming
 
 
241,717
 
13.21
 
RBS Citizens NA
 
 
182,323
 
9.97
 
Wells Fargo
 
 
155,519
 
8.50
 
Wilmington Savings Fund Society
 
 
136,516
 
7.46
 
CNB
 
 
68,650
 
3.75
 
TD Bank National Assn
 
 
60,338
 
3.30
 
Artisans Bank
 
 
46,566
 
2.55
 
County Bank
 
 
39,734
 
2.17
 
Midcoast Community Bank
 
 
34,496
 
1.89
 
Fort Sill National Bank
 
 
7,743
 
0.42
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,829,471
 
100.00
%
 
Source:  FDIC DataBook
 
For further information about competition in our market areas, see the Risk Factor entitled “We operate in a highly competitive market and our inability to effectively compete in our markets could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations” in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
The following is a summary of the material regulations and policies applicable to us and is not intended to be a comprehensive discussion.  Changes in applicable laws and regulations may have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
General
 
The Company is a financial holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under the BHC Act and, as such, is subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the FRB.
 
CNB and Talbot Bank are Maryland commercial banks subject to the banking laws of Maryland and to regulation by the Commissioner of Financial Regulation of Maryland, who is required by statute to make at least one examination in each calendar year (or at 18-month intervals if the Commissioner determines that an examination is unnecessary in a particular calendar year).  The primary federal regulator of CNB is the FRB.  The primary federal regulator of Talbot Bank is the FDIC, which is also entitled to conduct regular examinations.  The deposits of the Banks are insured by the FDIC, so certain laws and regulations administered by the FDIC also govern their deposit taking operations.  In addition to the foregoing, the Banks are subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect the business of banking generally.
 
 
8

 
Nonbank affiliates of the Company are subject to examination by the FRB, and, as affiliates of the Banks, may be subject to examination by the Banks’ regulators from time to time.  In addition, the Insurance Subsidiaries are each subject to licensing and regulation by the insurance authorities of the states in which they do business.  Retail sales of insurance products by the Insurance Subsidiaries to customers of the Banks are also subject to the requirements of the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products promulgated in 1994, as amended, by the FDIC, the FRB and the other federal banking agencies.
 
Regulation of Financial Holding Companies
 
In November 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) was signed into law.  Effective in pertinent part on March 11, 2000, the GLB Act revised the BHC Act and repealed the affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, which, taken together, limited the securities, insurance and other non-banking activities of any company that controls an FDIC insured financial institution.  Under the GLB Act, a bank holding company can elect, subject to certain qualifications, to become a “financial holding company.”  The GLB Act provides that a financial holding company may engage in a full range of financial activities, including insurance and securities underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investment activities, with new expedited notice procedures.
 
Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, and the FRB may charge the Company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank when required.  This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide the support.  Under the prompt corrective action provisions, if a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require the bank holding company to guarantee the bank’s capital restoration plan.  In addition, if the FRB believes that a bank holding company’s activities, assets or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a controlled bank, then the FRB could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets or divest the affiliates. The regulators may require these and other actions in support of controlled banks even if such actions are not in the best interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders.  Because the Company is a bank holding company, it is viewed as a source of financial and managerial strength for any controlled depository institutions, like the Banks.
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which made sweeping changes to the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions, including the Company and the Banks.  The Dodd-Frank Act also directs federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as sources of financial strength for the institution.  The term “source of financial strength” is defined under the Dodd-Frank Act as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress.  The appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that control the insured depository institution to assess their abilities to serve as sources of strength and to enforce compliance with the source-of-strength requirements.  The appropriate federal banking agency may also require a holding company to provide financial assistance to a bank with impaired capital.  Under this requirement, in the future the Company could be required to provide financial assistance to the Banks should they experience financial distress.
 
In addition, under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), depository institutions insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably anticipated to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default.  Accordingly, in the event that any insured subsidiary of the Company causes a loss to the FDIC, other insured subsidiaries of the Company could be required to compensate the FDIC by reimbursing it for the estimated amount of such loss.  Such cross guaranty liabilities generally are superior in priority to obligations of a financial institution to its stockholders and obligations to other affiliates.
 
Federal Regulation of Banks
 
Federal and state banking regulators may prohibit the institutions over which they have supervisory authority from engaging in activities or investments that the agencies believe are unsafe or unsound banking practices.  These banking regulators have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound practices.  Enforcement actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions. 
 
 
9

 
The Banks are subject to the provisions of Section 23A and Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.  Section 23A limits the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, and investments in, the Company and its nonbank affiliates by the Banks.  Section 23B requires that transactions between any of the Banks and the Company and its nonbank affiliates be on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same as with non-affiliates. 
 
The Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders or any related interest of such persons, which generally require that such credit extensions be made on substantially the same terms as are available to third parties dealing with the Banks and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment.  Other laws tie the maximum amount that may be loaned to any one customer and its related interests to capital levels.
 
As part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking regulator adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority.  These standards include internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits.  An institution that fails to meet those standards may be required by the agency to develop a plan acceptable to meet the standards.  Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.  The Company, on behalf of the Banks, believes that the Banks meet substantially all standards that have been adopted.  FDICIA also imposes capital standards on insured depository institutions. 
 
The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires that, in connection with the examination of financial institutions within their jurisdictions, the federal banking regulators evaluate the record of the financial institution in meeting the credit needs of their communities including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks.  These factors are also considered by all regulatory agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.  As of the date of its most recent examination report, each of the Banks has a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.”
 
The Banks are also subject to a variety of other laws and regulations with respect to the operation of their businesses, including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Expedited Funds Availability (Regulation CC), Reserve Requirements (Regulation D), Privacy of Consumer Information (Regulation P), Margin Stock Loans (Regulation U), the Right To Financial Privacy Act, the Flood Disaster Protection Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the CAN-SPAM Act, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to set minimum capital levels for bank holding companies that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions.  The legislation also establishes a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect today, and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements.  The new leverage and capital requirements must take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.  Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has backup enforcement authority over a depository institution holding company, such as the Company, if the conduct or threatened conduct of such holding company poses a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), although such authority may not be used if the holding company is generally in sound condition and does not pose a foreseeable and material risk to the DIF.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains a wide variety of provisions (many of which are not yet effective) affecting the regulation of depository institutions, including restrictions related to mortgage originations, risk retention requirements as to securitized loans and the establishment of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). 
 
The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations will not be known for years until regulations implementing the statute are written and adopted.  The Dodd-Frank Act will increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers.  In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act will require us to invest significant management attention and resources so that we can evaluate the impact of this law and its regulations and make any necessary changes to our product offerings and operations.  These impacts may be material. 
 
 
10

 
Capital Requirements
 
General
 
FDICIA established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators are required to rate supervised institutions on the basis of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized;” and to take certain mandatory actions (and are authorized to take other discretionary actions) with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories.  The severity of the actions will depend upon the category in which the institution is placed.  A depository institution is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order, regulatory agreement, or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.  An “adequately capitalized” institution is defined as one that has a total risk based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of a bank with a composite CAMEL rating of 1).
 
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including the payment of cash dividends, or paying a management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.  Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans.  For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee (subject to certain limitations) that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.
 
Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of other requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized and requirements to reduce total assets and stop accepting deposits from correspondent banks.  Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator; generally within 90 days of the date such institution is determined to be critically undercapitalized.
 
As of December 31, 2013, Talbot Bank was categorized as “adequately capitalized” and CNB as “well capitalized.”  For more information regarding the capital condition of the Company, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption “Regulatory Enforcement Actions” and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
The Collins Amendment provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Collins Amendment provision of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes increased capital requirements in the future. The Collins Amendment also requires federal banking regulators to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements to apply to insured depository institutions, bank and thrift holding companies, and systemically important nonbank financial companies. These capital requirements must not be less than the Generally Applicable Risk Based Capital Requirements and the Generally Applicable Leverage Capital Requirements as of July 21, 2010, and must not be quantitatively lower than the requirements that were in effect for insured depository institutions as of July 21, 2010.  The Collins Amendment defines Generally Applicable Risk Based Capital Requirements and Generally Applicable Leverage Capital Requirements to mean the risk-based capital requirements and minimum ratios of Tier 1 risk-based capital to average total assets, respectively, established by the appropriate federal banking agencies to apply to insured depository institutions under the Prompt Corrective Action provisions, regardless of total consolidated asset size or foreign financial exposure. 
 
Basel III — Capital, Liquidity and Stress Testing Requirements
 
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel”) has drafted frameworks for the regulation of capital and liquidity of internationally active banking organizations, generally referred to as “Basel III.” On June 7, 2012, the FRB issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would implement elements of Sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act that encompass certain aspects of Basel III with respect to capital and liquidity.  On November 9, 2012, following a public comment period, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued a joint press release announcing that the January 1, 2013 effective date was being delayed so the agencies could consider operational and transitional issues identified in the large volume of public comments received.  In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies published the final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations.  
 
Capital Requirements
 
The Basel III Capital Rules implement the Basel III capital standards and establish minimum capital levels required under the Dodd-Frank Act, which apply to all U.S. banks, subject to various transition periods.  The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules.  The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.  The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach.  The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 and will be fully phased in on January 1, 2019.
 
 
11

 
The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations.
 
When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer,” (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0% (increased from 4.0%), plus the capital conservation buffer, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0% (unchanged from current rules), plus the capital conservation buffer and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from current rules), calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.  The Basel III Capital Rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital.  Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. 
 
The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.  The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period, increasing by that amount on each January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
 
The Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status and (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%).  The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.
 
The Basel III Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. Specific changes to current rules impacting the Company’s risk-weighted assets include, among other things:
 
· Applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans.
 
· Assigning a 150% risk weight to loans (other than residential mortgage) that are 90 days or more past due or on nonaccrual.
 
· Providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable, currently at 0%.
 
Management believes that the Company will meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules when they become effective for the Company on January 1, 2015.
 
Liquidity Requirements
 
Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures.  The Basel III liquidity framework, however, requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation.  Current rules and proposals from the U.S. federal banking agencies do not specifically address the Basel III liquidity requirements.
 
Deposit Insurance
 
The Banks are members of the FDIC and pay an insurance premium on a quarterly basis.  Deposits are insured by the FDIC through the DIF and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a permanent increase in deposit insurance to $250,000 was authorized.  The coverage limit is per depositor, per insured depository institution, for each account ownership category. 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also set a new minimum DIF reserve ratio at 1.35% of estimated insured deposits.  The FDIC is required to attain this ratio by September 30, 2020.  The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to redefine the deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution.  Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, an institution’s assessment base has historically been its domestic deposits, with some adjustments.  As redefined pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, an institution’s assessment base is now an amount equal to the institution’s average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus average tangible equity.  Institutions with $1.0 billion or more in assets at the end of a fiscal quarter must report their average consolidated total assets on a daily basis and report their average tangible equity on an end-of-month balance basis.  Institutions with less than $1.0 billion in assets at the end of a fiscal quarter may opt to report average consolidated total assets and average tangible equity on a weekly and end-of-quarter basis, respectively. 
 
 
12

 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which created the DIF, gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions which could be used to impose minimum assessments.  On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed an emergency insurance assessment of five basis points in an effort to restore the DIF to an acceptable level.  On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based deposit assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012, on December 30, 2009, along with each institution’s risk based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009.  It was also announced that the assessment rate would increase by 3 basis points effective January 1, 2011.  The prepayment was accounted for as a prepaid expense and amortized quarterly.  The prepaid assessment qualified for a zero risk weight under the risk-based capital requirements.  The Banks’ three-year prepaid assessment was $5.4 million.  The Banks expensed a total of $1.8 million in FDIC premiums during 2013. The FDIC has the flexibility to adopt actual deposit assessment rates that are higher or lower than the total base assessment rates adopted without notice and comment, if certain conditions are met. 
 
DIF-insured institutions pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued in the 1980s in connection with the failures in the thrift industry. For the fourth quarter of 2013, the FICO assessment was equal to 0.155 basis points computed on assets as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.  These assessments will continue until the bonds mature in 2019.
 
The FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.  It is also authorized to terminate a depository bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency.  The termination of deposit insurance for either of the Banks would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, operations and financial condition.
 
Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering
 
The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), which is intended to require financial institutions to develop policies, procedures, and practices to prevent and deter money laundering, mandates that every national bank have a written, board-approved program that is reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with the BSA.
 
The program must, at a minimum:  (i) provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance; (ii) provide for independent testing for compliance; (iii) designate an individual responsible for coordinating and monitoring day-to-day compliance; and (iv) provide training for appropriate personnel.  In addition, state-chartered banks are required to adopt a customer identification program as part of its BSA compliance program.  State-chartered banks are also required to file Suspicious Activity Reports when they detect certain known or suspected violations of federal law or suspicious transactions related to a money laundering activity or a violation of the BSA.
 
In addition to complying with the BSA, the Banks are subject to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”). The USA Patriot Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States’ financial system and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers, and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA Patriot Act mandates that financial service companies implement additional policies and procedures and take heightened measures designed to address any or all of the following matters:  (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.
 
Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule
 
Pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule on January 10, 2013 (effective on January 10, 2014), amending Regulation Z, as implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, that requires mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms.  Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways.  The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision:  (i) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (ii) current employment status; (iii) the monthly payment on the covered transaction; (iv) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (v) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (vii) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and (viii) credit history. Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a “qualified mortgage” is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years.  In addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed three percent of the total loan amount.  Qualified mortgages that are “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance.
 
 
13

 
Volcker Rule
 
The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits insured depository institutions from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and prohibits them from owning equity interests in excess of three percent (3%) of Tier 1 Capital in private equity and hedge funds (known as the “Volcker Rule”).  The FRB released a final rule on February 9, 2011 (effective on April 1, 2011) which requires a “banking entity,” a term that is defined to include banks like the Banks, to bring its proprietary trading activities and investments into compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act restrictions no later than two years after the earlier of:  (i) July 21, 2012; or (ii) 12 months after the date on which interagency final rules are adopted.
 
On December 10, 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies, including the FRB, adopted a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule. Although the final rule provides some tiering of compliance and reporting obligations based on size, the fundamental prohibitions of the Volcker Rule apply to banking entities of any size. Banking entities with total assets of $10 billion or more that engage in activities subject to the Volcker Rule will be required to establish a six-element compliance program to address the prohibitions of, and exemptions from, the Volcker Rule. The final rule becomes effective April 1, 2014; however, at the time the agencies released the final Volcker Rule, the FRB announced an extension of the conformance period for all banking entities until July 21, 2015.  In response to industry questions regarding the final Volcker Rule, the U.S. federal banking agencies, the SEC, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission issued a clarifying interim final rule on January 14, 2014, permitting banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) backed by trust preferred securities if the CDO meets certain requirements.  
 
The Banks do not, nor intend to, engage in proprietary trading or own equity interests in private equity and hedge funds restricted by the Dodd-Frank Act.  However, the Banks intend to review the implications of the interagency rules on their investments once those rules are issued and will plan for any adjustments of their activities or their holdings so that they will be in compliance by the announced compliance date.
 
Federal Securities Laws
 
The shares of the Company’s common stock are registered with the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.  The Company is subject to information reporting requirements, proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act, including the requirements imposed under the federal Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC.  Among other things, loans to and other transactions with insiders are subject to restrictions and heightened disclosure, directors and certain committees of the Board must satisfy certain independence requirements, and the Company is generally required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Governmental Monetary and Credit Policies and Economic Controls
 
The earnings and growth of the banking industry and ultimately of the Company are affected by the monetary and credit policies of governmental authorities, including the FRB.  An important function of the FRB is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to control recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the federal funds rate, changes in the discount rate of member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits.  These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.  The monetary policies of the FRB authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future.  In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the FRB, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effect on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
 
14

 
REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
 
Talbot Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order (the “Consent Agreement”) with the FDIC, a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order (the “Maryland Consent Agreement” and together with the Consent Agreement, the “Consent Agreements”) with the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation (the “Commissioner”) and an Acknowledgement of Adoption of the Order by the Commissioner (the “Acknowledgement”). The FDIC and the Commissioner issued the related Consent Order (the “Order”), effective May 24, 2013. The description of the Consent Agreements, the Order and the Acknowledgement along with Talbot Bank’s progress with the requirements, are set forth below. 
 
Management. Talbot Bank is required to have and retain experienced, qualified management, and to assess management’s ability to (1) comply with the requirements of the Order; (2) operate Talbot Bank in a safe and sound manner; (3) comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations; and (4) restore all aspects of Talbot Bank to a safe and sound condition, including capital adequacy, asset quality, and management effectiveness. Talbot Bank has implemented certain changes to comply with the Order which include expanding our credit administration and loan workout units with the addition of experienced new staff members, in an effort to accelerate the resolution of our credit issues and position Talbot Bank for future growth. Additionally, Talbot Bank is conducting an internal and external search for a chief financial officer.
 
Board Participation. Talbot Bank’s board of directors is required to increase its participation in the affairs of Talbot Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all Talbot Bank activities. This participation shall include comprehensive, documented meetings to be held no less frequently than monthly. The board of directors must also develop a program to monitor Talbot Bank’s compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has completed a plan to increase the participation of its board of directors which includes increasing the frequency of board meetings from monthly to biweekly and establishing a risk management committee of the board.
 
Loss Charge-Offs. The Order requires that Talbot Bank eliminate from its books, by charge-off or collection, all assets or portions of assets classified “Loss” by the FDIC or the Commissioner. Talbot Bank has eliminated from its books all such classified assets.
 
Classified Assets Reduction. Within 60 days of the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank was required to submit a Classified Asset Plan to the FDIC and Commissioner to reduce the risk position in each asset in excess of $750,000 which was classified “Substandard” and “Doubtful” by the FDIC or Commissioner. Talbot Bank revised its existing Classified Asset Plan to address the terms of the Order and submitted the updated plan to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the Order.
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. Within 60 days of the effective date of the Order, the board of directors was required to review the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “ALLL”), establish a policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL and submit such ALLL policy to the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank amended its ALLL policy to comply with the terms of the Order and submitted the updated policy to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the Order.
 
Loan Policy. Within 60 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank was required to (i) review its loan policies and procedures (“Loan Policy”) for adequacy, (ii) make all appropriate revisions to the Loan Policy to address the lending deficiencies identified by the FDIC, and (iii) submit the Loan Policy to the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank completed its review of and made the required revisions to the Loan Policy. The updated Loan Policy was submitted to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the terms of the Order.
 
Loan Review Program. Within 30 days from the effective date of the Order, the Board was required to establish a program of independent loan review that provides for a periodic review of Talbot Bank’s loan portfolio and the identification and categorization of problem credits (the “Loan Review Program”) and submit the Loan Review Program to the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank enhanced its existing Loan Review Program and submitted it to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the terms of the Order.
 
Capital Requirements. Within 90 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank was required to meet and maintain the following minimum capital levels, after establishing an appropriate ALLL, (i) a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets) of at least 8%, and (ii) a total risk-based capital ratio (the ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 12%. As of December 31, 2013, the leverage ratio and total risk-based capital ratio were 4.98% and 8.17%, respectively, for Talbot Bank. Per the Order, Talbot Bank submitted a written plan to the FDIC and the Commissioner describing the means and timing by which it will increase its capital ratios up to or in excess of the required minimums including earnings from operations, capital infusions from the Company and other capital raising alternatives such as equity issuances by the Company.
 
Profit and Budget Plan. Within 60 days from the effective date of the Order and within 30 days of each calendar year-end thereafter, Talbot Bank was and will be required to submit a profit and budget plan to the FDIC and Commissioner consisting of goals and strategies, consistent with sound banking practices, and taking into account Talbot Bank’s other plans, policies or other actions required by the Order.  In accordance with the Order, Talbot Bank developed a profit and budget plan which was submitted to the FDIC and Commissioner within 60 days from the effective date of the Order and one which was submitted within 30 days of the end of 2013.
 
Dividend Restriction. While the Order is in effect, Talbot Bank cannot declare or pay dividends or fees to the Company without the prior written consent of the FDIC and Commissioner.  Talbot Bank is in compliance with this provision of the Order.
 
 
15

 
Brokered Deposits. The Order provides that Talbot Bank may not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposits unless it is in compliance with the requirements of the FDIC regulations governing brokered deposits. Talbot Bank is in compliance with this provision of the Order.
 
Oversight Committee. Within 30 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank was required to establish a board committee to monitor and coordinate compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has established a board committee to comply with this provision of the Order.
 
Progress Reports. Within 45 days from the end of each calendar quarter following the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank must furnish the FDIC and Commissioner with progress reports detailing the form, manner and results of any actions taken to secure compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has and will continue to submit progress reports to comply with this provision of the Order.
 
The Order will remain in effect until modified or terminated by the FDIC and the Commissioner.
 
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
The Company maintains an Internet site at www.shorebancshares.com on which it makes available, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to the foregoing as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.  In addition, stockholders may access these reports and documents on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.
 
Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS.
 
The significant risks and uncertainties related to us, our business and the Company’s securities of which we are aware are discussed below.  You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties before making investment decisions in respect of the Company’s securities.  Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects and could negatively impact the market price of the Company’s securities.  If any of these risks materialize, you could lose all or part of your investment in the Company.  Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not yet know of, or that we currently think are immaterial, may also impair our business operations.  You should also consider the other information contained in this annual report, including our financial statements and the related notes, before making investment decisions. 
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
The current economic environment poses significant challenges for us and could continue to adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Banks are operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain national and local conditions.  Financial institutions continue to be affected by sharp declines in the real estate  market  and constrained  financial markets.  There have been dramatic declines in the housing market over the past several years, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and high levels of unemployment, resulting in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions.  While conditions appear to have begun to improve generally, continued declines in real estate values, home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment could have an adverse effect on the  Banks' borrowers or  their customers, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects on us and others in the financial services industry.  For example, further deterioration in local economic conditions in our markets could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses.  We may also face the following risks in connection with these events:
 
• Economic conditions that negatively affect housing prices and the job market may result in further deterioration in credit quality of our loan portfolio, and such deterioration in credit quality could have a negative impact on our business;
 
• Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities;
 
• Demand for our products and services may decline;
 
• Collateral for loans made by us may decline in value, in turn reducing a client's borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans held for investment;
 
 
16

 
• Our loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms and any collateral securing payment may be insufficient to fully compensate us for the outstanding balance of the loan plus the costs we incur disposing of the collateral;
 
• The processes we use to estimate the allowance for loan losses may no longer be reliable because they rely on complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions, which may no longer be capable of accurate estimation;
 
• A reduction in the size, spending or employment levels of the federal, state and/or local governments in the Washington, DC metropolitan area could have a negative effect on the economy of the region, on our customers, and on real estate prices;
 
• Continued turmoil in the market, and loss of confidence in the banking system, could require the Banks to pay higher interest rates to obtain deposits to meet the needs of their depositors and borrowers, resulting in reduced margin and net interest income. If conditions worsen significantly, it is possible that banks such as the Banks may be unable to meet the needs of their depositors and borrowers, which could, in the worst case, result in the Banks being placed into receivership; and
 
• Compliance with increased regulation of the banking industry may increase our costs, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities, and divert management efforts. 
 
As these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
A majority of our business is concentrated in Maryland and Delaware, a significant amount of which is concentrated in real estate lending, so a decline in the local economy and real estate markets could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Because most of our loans are made to customers who reside on the Eastern Shore of Maryland and in Delaware, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse.  Further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, including construction and land development loans, all of which are in greater demand when interest rates are low and economic conditions are good.  Accordingly, a further decline in local economic conditions would likely have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, and the impact on us would likely be greater than the impact felt by larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. We cannot guarantee that any risk management practices that we implement to address our geographic and loan concentrations will be effective to prevent losses relating to our loan portfolio. 
 
In the case of real estate acquisition, construction and development projects that we have financed, these challenging economic conditions have caused some of our borrowers to default on their loans.  Because of the deterioration in the market values of real estate collateral caused by the recession, banks, including the Banks, have been unable to recover the full amount due under their loans when forced to foreclose on and sell real estate collateral.  As a result, the Banks have realized significant impairments and losses in their loan portfolios, which have materially and adversely impacted our financial condition and results of operations.  These conditions and their consequences are likely to continue until the nation fully recovers from the recent economic recession.  Management cannot predict the extent to which these conditions will cause future impairments or losses, nor can it provide any assurances as to when, or if, economic conditions will improve. 
 
Our concentrations of commercial real estate loans could subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and directives, which could force us to preserve or raise capital and/or limit our future commercial lending activities.
 
The FRB and the FDIC, along with the other federal banking regulators, issued guidance in December 2006 entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” directed at institutions that have particularly high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within their lending portfolios.  This guidance suggests that these institutions face a heightened risk of financial difficulties in the event of adverse changes in the economy and commercial real estate markets.  Accordingly, the guidance suggests that institutions whose concentrations exceed certain percentages of capital should implement heightened risk management practices appropriate to their concentration risk.  The guidance provides that banking regulators may require such institutions to reduce their concentrations and/or maintain higher capital ratios than institutions with lower concentrations in commercial real estate.  Based on our concentration of commercial real estate and construction lending as of December 31, 2013, we may be subject to heightened supervisory scrutiny during future examinations and/or be required to take steps to address our concentration and capital levels.  Management cannot predict the extent to which this guidance will impact our operations or capital requirements.  Further, we cannot guarantee that any risk management practices we implement will be effective to prevent losses resulting from concentrations in our commercial real estate portfolio. 
 
 
17

 
Interest rates and other economic conditions will impact our results of operations.
 
Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including declines in real estate values, rapid changes in interest rates and the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government.  Our results of operations are significantly impacted by the spread between the interest rates earned on assets and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities (i.e., net interest income), including advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta.  Interest rate risk arises from mismatches (i.e., the interest sensitivity gap) between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities.  If more assets reprice or mature than liabilities during a falling interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted.  Conversely, if more liabilities reprice or mature than assets during a rising interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted.  Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable. 
 
Changes in interest rates, particularly by the Federal Reserve Board, which implements national monetary policy in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures, also affect the value of our loans.   In setting its policy, the Federal Reserve Board may utilize techniques such as: (i) engaging in open market transactions in United States government securities; (ii) setting the discount rate on member bank borrowings; and (iii) determining reserve requirements.   These techniques may have an adverse effect on our deposit levels, net interest margin, loan demand or our business and operations.  In addition, an increase in interest rates could adversely affect borrowers'  ability to pay the principal or interest on existing loans or reduce their desire to borrow more money.  This may lead to an increase in our nonperforming assets, a decrease in loan originations, or a reduction in the value of and income from our loans, any of which could have a material and negative effect on our results of operations.  We try to minimize our exposure to interest rate risk, but we are unable to completely eliminate this risk. Fluctuations in market rates and other market disruptions are neither predictable nor controllable and may have a material and negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Banks may experience credit losses in excess of their allowances, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan.  Management of each of the Banks bases the allowance for credit losses upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality.  If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for credit losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities, as a part of their examination process, require our bank subsidiaries to increase their respective allowance for credit losses, our earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected.  Material additions to the allowance for credit losses of one of the Banks would result in a decrease in that Bank’s net income and capital and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. 
 
Although we believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb any inherent losses in our loan portfolio, these estimates of loan losses are necessarily subjective and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events.
 
While we strive to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become nonperforming, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem loans, but that will result in losses.  We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become nonperforming assets, or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified.  As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary.
 
Economic conditions and increased uncertainty in the financial markets could adversely affect our ability to accurately assess our allowance for loan losses.  Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers or to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans will be reduced if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors, valuations, assumptions or estimates.  We estimate losses inherent in our loan portfolio, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the values of certain assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of economic conditions and how those economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.
 
The failure of the Company and Talbot Bank to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and regulatory enforcement actions could result in further restrictions and enforcement actions.
 
While the Company and Talbot Bank intend to take such actions as may be necessary to comply with both the requirements of the Order and other regulatory requirements, the Company and Talbot Bank may be unable to comply fully with such requirements, and efforts to comply with such requirements may have adverse effects on the operations and financial condition of the Company and Talbot Bank.  In addition, Talbot Bank from time to time may require waivers, amendments or modifications in order to remain in compliance with the Order, and FDIC and Commissioner may not grant such relief.  Any material failure by Talbot Bank to comply with the provisions of the Order could result in further enforcement actions by the FDIC, the Commissioner and the FRB which could impact our ability to operate in the normal course of business and, thereby, adversely affect our results of operations.
 
The Company may not be successful if it is not able to grow its subsidiaries and their businesses.
 
The Company’s primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of CNB, Talbot Bank, and its other subsidiaries.  Therefore, the Company’s future profitability will depend on the success and growth of these subsidiaries. The heightened regulatory scrutiny of the Company and Talbot Bank could impede the ability of the Company to expand its operations.
 
18

 
The market value of our investments might decline.
 
As of December 31, 2013, we had classified 97% of our investment securities as available-for-sale pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320 (“ASC 320”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)  relating to accounting for investments.  ASC 320 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in stockholders’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income.  The remaining investment securities are classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 and are stated at amortized cost.
 
In the past, gains on sales of investment securities have not been a significant source of income for us.  There can be no assurance that future market performance of our investment portfolio will enable us to realize income from sales of securities.  Stockholders’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments.  There can be no assurance that the market value of our investment portfolio will not decline, causing a corresponding decline in stockholders’ equity.
 
CNB and Talbot Bank are members of the FHLB of Atlanta.  A member of the FHLB system is required to purchase stock issued by the relevant FHLB bank based on how much it borrows from the FHLB and the quality of the collateral pledged to secure that borrowing.  Accordingly, our investments include stock issued by the FHLB of Atlanta..  These investments could be subject to future impairment charges and there can be no guaranty of future dividends. 
 
Management believes that several factors will affect the market values of our investment portfolio.  These include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates or expectations of changes, the degree of volatility in the securities markets, inflation rates or expectations of inflation and the slope of the interest rate yield curve (the yield curve refers to the differences between shorter-term and longer-term interest rates; a positively sloped yield curve means shorter-term rates are lower than longer-term rates).  Also, the passage of time will affect the market values of our investment securities, in that the closer they are to maturing, the closer the market price should be to par value.  These and other factors may impact specific categories of the portfolio differently, and management cannot predict the effect these factors may have on any specific category.  
 
Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.
 
We are required to record a non-cash charge to earnings when management determines that an investment security is other-than-temporarily impaired.  In assessing whether the impairment of investment securities is other-than-temporary, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. 
 
Under current accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  Intangible assets other than goodwill are also subject to impairment tests at least annually.  A decline in the price of the Company’s common stock or occurrence of a triggering event following any of our quarterly earnings releases and prior to the filing of the periodic report for that period could, under certain circumstances, cause us to perform goodwill and other intangible assets impairment tests and result in an impairment charge being recorded for that period which was not reflected in such earnings release.  In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill or other intangible assets may be impaired, a non-cash charge for the amount of such impairment would be recorded to earnings.  At December 31, 2013, we had recorded goodwill of $12.5 million and other intangible assets of $3.5 million, representing approximately 12.1% and 3.4% of stockholders’ equity, respectively.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Assessing the need for, or the sufficiency of, a valuation allowance requires management to evaluate all available evidence, both negative and positive, including the recent trend of quarterly earnings.  Positive evidence necessary to overcome the negative evidence includes whether future taxable income in sufficient amounts and character within the carryback and carry forward periods is available under the tax law, including the use of tax planning strategies.  When negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years, history of operating loss or tax credit carry forwards expiring unused) exists, more positive evidence than negative evidence will be necessary.  At December 31, 2013, our deferred tax assets were approximately $19.1 million.  There was no valuation allowance for deferred taxes recorded at December 31, 2013 as management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred taxes will be realized because they were supported by positive evidence such as the expected generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income from operations and tax planning strategies. These deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryovers that can be used to offset taxable income in future periods and reduce income taxes payable in those future periods.  Each quarter, we determine the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets, using significant judgments and estimate with respect to, among other things, historical operating results, expectations of future earnings and tax planning strategies.  If we determine in the future that there is not sufficient positive evidence to support the valuation of these assets, due to the risk factors described herein or other factors, we may be required to establish a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets.  Such a reduction could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the valuation allowance is established and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
 
19

 
The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for further information.
 
Our future success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive financial services industry.
 
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors.  We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as other local and community, super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere.  Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive financial services environment.
 
Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions and many offer products and services that we do not.  Many have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business.  Some of our competitors are not subject to the same regulations that are imposed on us, including credit unions that do not pay federal income tax, and, therefore, have regulatory advantage over us in accessing funding and in providing various services.  While we believe we compete effectively with these other financial institutions in our primary markets, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, smaller asset base, lack of geographic diversification and inability to spread our marketing costs across a broader market.  If we have to raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on loans to compete effectively, our net interest margin and income could be negatively affected.  Failure to compete effectively to attract new, or to retain existing, clients may reduce or limit our net income and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth.
 
Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our future growth.
 
We rely on customer deposits, advances from the FHLB, and lines of credit at other financial institutions to fund our operations.  Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, no assurance can be given that we would be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition or the financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change.  Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained and/or our cost of funds will increase if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if financing necessary to accommodate future growth is not available at favorable interest rates.  Finally, if we are required to place greater reliance on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our profitability would be adversely affected.
 
In addition, the FRB has issued rules pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act governing debit card interchange fees that apply to institutions with greater than $10 billion in assets.  Although we are not subject to these rules, market forces may effectively require all banks to adopt debit card interchange fee structures that comply with these rules, in which case our non-interest income for future periods could be materially and adversely affected.
 
The loss of key personnel could disrupt our operations and result in reduced earnings.
 
Our growth and profitability will depend upon our ability to attract and retain skilled managerial, marketing and technical personnel.  Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel.  Our current executive officers provide valuable services based on their many years of experience and in-depth knowledge of the banking industry.  Due to the intense competition for financial professionals, these key personnel would be difficult to replace and an unexpected loss of their services could result in a disruption to the continuity of operations and a possible reduction in earnings. 
 
Our lending activities subject us to the risk of environmental liabilities.
 
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans.  In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage.  Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations of enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
20

 
We may be subject to other claims.
 
We may from time to time be subject to claims from customers for losses due to alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, errors and omissions of employees, officers and agents, incomplete documentation, the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or many other reasons.  Also, our employees may knowingly or unknowingly violate laws and regulations.  Management may not be aware of any violations until after their occurrence.  This lack of knowledge may not insulate the Company or our subsidiaries from liability.  Claims and legal actions may result in legal expenses and liabilities that may reduce our profitability and hurt our financial condition. 
 
Our exposure to operational, technological and organizational risk may adversely affect us.
 
We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputation, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, clerical or record-keeping errors, and errors resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems.
 
Certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect.  We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability.  We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as are we) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.
 
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties and our financial condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information.
 
In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify.  We also may rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors.  For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to customers, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer.  Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.
 
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
 
Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access.  While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions.  Any problem caused by these third parties, including poor performance of services, failure to provide services, disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor and failure to handle current or higher volumes, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise conduct our business, and may harm our reputation.  Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could also hurt our operations if those difficulties interface with the vendor’s ability to serve us.  Replacing these third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense.  Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to our business operations.
 
Our information  systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
 
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct business.  Any failure, interruption, or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our internet banking, deposit, loan and other systems.  While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of such failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that they will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed.  The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our communications and information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.
 
 
21

 
Technological changes affect our business, and we may have fewer resources than many competitors to invest in technological improvements.
 
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to serving customers better, the effective use of technology may increase efficiency and may enable financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in operations. We may need to make significant additional capital investments in technology in the future, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
 
Risks Relating to the Regulation of our Industry
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could restrain our growth and profitability.
 
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations that govern almost all aspects of our operations.  These laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework that oversees the administration of these laws and regulations, are primarily intended to protect depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and not shareholders and consumers.  These laws and regulations, among other matters, affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, operations and growth.  Compliance with the myriad laws and regulations applicable to our organization can be difficult and costly.  In addition, these laws, regulations and policies are subject to continual review by governmental authorities, and changes to these laws, regulations and policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of these laws, regulations and policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and often impose additional compliance costs.  Further, any new laws, rules and regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act and regulatory capital rules, could make compliance more difficult or expensive.  All of these laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework applicable to our industry, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.
 
The FRB, the FDIC and the Commissioner periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations.  If, as a result of an examination, the FRB, the FDIC or the Commissioner were to determine that our financial condition, capital resource, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate.  These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship.  Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  For more information, see “Business-Regulatory Enforcement Actions.”
 
Our FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase.
 
The deposits of the Banks are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments.  The Banks’ regular assessments are determined by their risk classifications, which are based on their regulatory capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that they pose.  High levels of bank failures since the beginning of the financial crisis and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased resolution costs to the FDIC and put significant pressure on the Deposit Insurance Fund.  In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC increased deposit insurance assessment rates and charged a special assessment to all FDIC-insured financial institutions.  Further increase in assessment rates or special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures.  Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The FDIC deposit insurance assessments for Talbot Bank increased $428 thousand, or 43%, for 2013 when compared to 2012 as a result of the Order.
 
 
22

 
The short-term and long-term impact of recently adopted regulatory capital rules is uncertain.
 
In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved rules that will significantly change the regulatory capital requirements of all banking institutions in the United States.  The new rules are designed to implement the recommendations with respect to regulatory capital standards, commonly known as Basel III, approved by the International Basel Committee on Bank Supervision.  We will become subject to the new rules over a multi-year transition period commencing January 1, 2015.  The new rules establish a new regulatory capital standard based on tier 1 common equity and increase the minimum leverage and risk-based capital ratios.  The rules also change how a number of the regulatory capital components are calculated.  The new rules will generally require us and the Banks to maintain greater amounts of regulatory capital.  A significant increase in our capital requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
 
The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on  financial institutions.  The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations.  A successful regulatory challenge to an institution's performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisition activity, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines.  Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.  Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statues and regulations.
 
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction  reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Relating to the Company’s Securities
 
The Company’s common stock is not insured by any governmental entity.
 
Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental entity.  Investment in our common stock is subject to risk, including possible loss.
 
The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited.
 
The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the requirements of Maryland corporate laws, federal and state banking laws, and the policies and actions of our regulators.  Moreover, the Company’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders is largely dependent upon its earnings in future periods and upon the receipt of dividends from the Banks.  Under corporate law, stockholders are entitled to dividends on their shares of common stock if, when, and as declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.  FRB guidance requires a bank holding company, like the Company, to consult with the FRB before paying dividends if the Company’s earnings do not exceed the aggregate amount of the proposed dividend.  The FRB has the ability to prohibit a dividend in such a situation.  Both federal and state laws impose restrictions on the ability of the Banks to pay dividends.  Federal law prohibits the payment of a dividend by an insured depository institution if the depository institution is considered “undercapitalized” or if the payment of the dividend would make the institution “undercapitalized.”  Maryland banking law provides that a state-chartered bank may pay dividends out of undivided profits or, with the prior approval of the Commissioner, from surplus in excess of 100% of required capital stock.  If, however, the surplus of a Maryland bank is less than 100% of its required capital stock, then cash dividends may not be paid in excess of 90% of net earnings.  In addition to these specific restrictions, bank regulatory agencies also have the ability to prohibit proposed dividends by a financial institution that would otherwise be permitted under applicable regulations if the regulatory body determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  Both the Company and Talbot Bank are currently prohibited from paying any dividends without the consent of the FRB or the FDIC and the Commissioner, respectively.  Thus, even if the Company and/or Talbot Bank had cash sufficient under corporate and banking laws to lawfully pay dividends, the FRB and/or the FDIC and the Commissioner could deny a request to do so.  Because of these limitations, there can be no guarantee that the Company’s Board will declare dividends in any fiscal quarter.
 
 
23

 
The shares of the Company’s common stock are not heavily traded.
 
Shares of our common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, but shares are not heavily traded.  Securities that are not heavily traded can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market.  Factors such as our financial results, the introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors, and various factors affecting the banking industry generally may have a significant impact on the market price of the shares of the common stock.  Management cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for the shares of the common stock will develop or be sustained in the future.  Accordingly, holders of shares of our common stock may not be able to sell them at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire.
 
The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and Maryland law may discourage a corporate takeover which may make it more difficult for stockholders to receive a change in control premium.
 
The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as supplemented (the “Charter”), and Amended and Restated By-Laws, as amended (the “By-Laws”), contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Company.  The Charter and By-Laws provide for the classification of the Board into three classes; directors of each class generally serve for staggered three-year periods.  No director may be removed except for cause and then only by a vote of at least two-thirds of the total eligible stockholder votes.  The Charter gives the Board certain powers in respect of the Company’s securities.  First, the Board has the authority to classify and reclassify unissued shares of stock of any class or series of stock by setting, fixing, eliminating, or altering in any one or more respects the preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of, dividends on, and redemption, conversion, exchange, and other rights of, such securities.  Second, a majority of the Board, without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class that the Company has authority to issue.  The Board could use these powers, along with its authority to authorize the issuance of securities of any class or series, to issue securities having terms favorable to management to persons affiliated with or otherwise friendly to management. 
 
Maryland law also contains anti-takeover provisions that apply to the Company.  The Maryland Business Combination Act generally prohibits, subject to certain limited exceptions, corporations from being involved in any “business combination” (defined as a variety of transactions, including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) with any “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the most recent date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder.  An interested shareholder is defined generally as a person who is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question and after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock.  The Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act applies to acquisitions of “control shares,” which, subject to certain exceptions, are shares the acquisition of which entitle the holder, directly or indirectly, to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of shares of stock of the corporation in the election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting power:  one-tenth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power or a majority or more of all voting power.  Control shares have limited voting rights.  The By-Laws exempt the Company’s capital securities from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, but the Board has the authority to eliminate the exemption without stockholder approval.
 
Although these provisions do not preclude a takeover, they may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or deferring a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock.  Such provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors and of management more difficult and, therefore, may serve to perpetuate current management.  These provisions could potentially adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.
 
We may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to the common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of the common stock.
 
In the future, we may increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock.  In the event of the Company’s liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt or preferred securities would receive a distribution of the Company’s available assets before distributions to the holders of our common stock.  The Company’s decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control.  The Company cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of its future offerings and debt financings.  Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of our common stock and dilute a stockholder’s interest in the Company.
 
 
24

 
Item 1B.                Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None.
 
Item 2.                  Properties.
 
Our offices are listed in the tables below.  The address of the Company’s main office is 28969 Information Lane in Easton, Maryland.  The Company owns the real property at this location, which also houses the Operations, Information Technology and Finance departments of the Company and its subsidiaries, and certain operations of The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC.
 
The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland
 
Branches
 
Main Office
18 East Dover Street
Easton, Maryland 21601
Elliott Road Branch
8275 Elliott Road
Easton, Maryland 21601
Tred Avon Square Branch
212 Marlboro Road
Easton, Maryland 21601
 
 
 
St. Michaels Branch
1013 South Talbot Street
St. Michaels, Maryland 21663
Sunburst Branch
424 Dorchester Avenue
Cambridge, Maryland 21613
Tilghman Branch
5804 Tilghman Island Road
Tilghman, Maryland 21671
 
 
 
 
Trappe Branch
29349 Maple Avenue, Suite 1
Trappe, Maryland  21673
 
 
 
 
 
ATMs
 
 
 
 
Memorial Hospital at Easton
219 South Washington Street
Easton, Maryland 21601
Talbottown
218 North Washington Street
Easton, Maryland 21601
 
 
 
25

 
CNB
Branches
 
Main Office
109 North Commerce Street
Centreville, Maryland 21617
Route 213 South Branch
2609 Centreville Road
Centreville, Maryland 21617
Chester Branch
300 Castle Marina Road
Chester, Maryland 21619
 
 
 
Denton Branch
850 South 5th Avenue
Denton, Maryland 21629
Grasonville Branch
202 Pullman Crossing
Grasonville, Maryland 21638
Stevensville Branch
408 Thompson Creek Road
Stevensville, Maryland 21666
 
 
 
Tuckahoe Branch
22151 WES Street
Ridgely, Maryland 21660
 
Washington Square Branch
899 Washington Avenue
Chestertown, Maryland 21620
 
Felton Branch
120 West Main Street
Felton, Delaware 19943
 
 
 
 
Milford Branch 
698-A North Dupont Boulevard
Milford, Delaware 19963
 
Camden Branch
4580 South DuPont Highway
Camden, Delaware 19934
 
Division Office - Wye Financial & Trust
16 North Washington Street, Suite 1
Easton, Maryland 21601
 
 
 
The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC
Headquarters
106 North Harrison Street
Easton, Maryland 21601
Benefits Office
28969 Information Lane
Easton, Maryland 21601
Centreville Office
105 Lawyers Row
Centreville, Maryland 21617
 
 
 
Elliott-Wilson Insurance, LLC
106 North Harrison Street
Easton, Maryland 21601 
Mubell Finance, LLC
106 North Harrison Street
Easton, Maryland 21601
Jack Martin & Associates, Inc.
135 Old Solomon’s Island Road
Annapolis, Maryland 21401
 
 
 
 
Tri-State General Insurance Agencies, Inc.
One Plaza East, 4th Floor
Salisbury, Maryland 21802 
 
 
Talbot Bank owns the real property on which all of its offices are located, except that it operates under leases at its St. Michaels, Tilghman and Trappe branches.  CNB owns the real property on which all of its Maryland offices are located, except that it operates under a lease at the office of Wye Financial and Trust in Easton.  CNB leases the real property on which all of its Delaware offices are located, except that it owns the real property on which the Camden Branch is located.  The Insurance Subsidiaries do not own any real property, but operate under leases.  For information about rent expense for all leased premises, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Item 3.         Legal Proceedings.
 
We are at times, in the ordinary course of business, subject to legal actions.  Management, upon the advice of counsel, believes that losses, if any, resulting from current legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
 
This item is not applicable. 
 
 
26

 
PART II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
MARKET PRICE, HOLDERS AND CASH DIVIDENDS
 
The shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SHBI”.  As of February 28, 2014, the Company had approximately 1,542 holders of record.  The high and low sales prices for the shares of common stock of the Company, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and the cash dividends declared on those shares for each quarterly period of 2013 and 2012 are set forth in the table below.  
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
Price Range
 
Dividends
 
Price Range
 
Dividends
 
 
 
High
 
Low
 
Paid
 
High
 
Low
 
Paid
 
First Quarter
 
$
6.91
 
$
5.20
 
$
-
 
$
7.40
 
$
4.91
 
$
0.01
 
Second Quarter
 
 
7.75
 
 
5.97
 
 
-
 
 
7.45
 
 
5.51
 
 
-
 
Third Quarter
 
 
9.06
 
 
7.06
 
 
-
 
 
6.33
 
 
4.98
 
 
-
 
Fourth Quarter
 
 
9.45
 
 
8.50
 
 
-
 
 
6.98
 
 
4.65
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
0.01
 
 
On February 28, 2014, the closing sales price for the shares of common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $9.47 per share.
 
The Company did not declare or pay any dividends in 2013 and paid aggregate dividends of $85 thousand in 2012.  Dividends paid per share exceeded earnings per share in 2012.  In an effort to preserve the Company’s capital, the quarterly cash dividend on common stock was reduced from $0.06 to $0.01 per share, beginning with the dividend that was payable May 31, 2011.  On May 3, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to suspend quarterly cash dividends until further notice.  As a general matter, the payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on such factors as operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, and stockholder return.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited by federal banking and state corporate law and is generally dependent on the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries, particularly the Banks, to declare dividends to the Company.  Further, our regulators have the ability to prohibit the payment of dividends even if dividends could otherwise be paid under applicable law if they determine that such payment would not be in our best interests.  As noted above, the Company and Talbot Bank are currently prohibited from paying any dividends without the prior consent of their respective regulators.  For more information regarding these dividend limitations, see “Business – Regulatory Enforcement Actions” and “Risk Factors - The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited”, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is:
 
 
Registrar & Transfer Company
 
10 Commerce Drive
 
Cranford, New Jersey 07016
 
Investor Relations:  1-800-368-5948
 
E-mail for investor inquiries: info@rtco.com.
 
www.rtco.com
 
 
27

 
The performance graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the common stock of the Company with the cumulative total return on the equity securities included in the NASDAQ Composite Index (reflecting overall stock market performance), the NASDAQ Bank Index (reflecting changes in banking industry stocks), and the SNL Small Cap Bank Index (reflecting changes in stocks of banking institutions of a size similar to the Company) assuming in each case an initial $100 investment on December 31, 2008 and reinvestment of dividends as of the end of each of the Company’s fiscal years between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2013.  Returns are shown on a total return basis.  The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.
 
 
 
 
Period Ending
 
Index
 
12/31/08
 
12/31/09
 
12/31/10
 
12/31/11
 
12/31/12
 
12/31/13
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc.
 
100.00
 
62.74
 
46.57
 
23.01
 
24.13
 
41.27
 
NASDAQ Composite
 
100.00
 
145.36
 
171.74
 
170.38
 
200.63
 
281.22
 
NASDAQ Bank
 
100.00
 
83.70
 
95.55
 
85.52
 
101.50
 
143.84
 
SNL Small Cap Bank
 
100.00
 
70.29
 
85.86
 
82.01
 
95.53
 
133.24
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
 
Pursuant to the SEC’s Regulation S-K Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 106.01, the information regarding the Corporation’s equity compensation plans required by this Item pursuant to Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is located in Item 12 of Part III of this annual report and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
28

  
Item 6.         Selected Financial Data.
 
The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for each of the five years ended December 31, 2013, and is qualified in its entirety by the detailed statistical and other information contained in this annual report, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report and the financial statements and notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
 
2009
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
$
41,351
 
 
$
45,901
 
 
$
50,852
 
 
$
55,461
 
 
$
58,789
 
Interest expense
 
 
 
6,475
 
 
 
10,562
 
 
 
11,088
 
 
 
12,822
 
 
 
17,411
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
34,876
 
 
 
35,339
 
 
 
39,764
 
 
 
42,639
 
 
 
41,378
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
27,784
 
 
 
27,745
 
 
 
19,470
 
 
 
21,119
 
 
 
8,986
 
Net interest income after provision
     for credit losses
 
 
 
7,092
 
 
 
7,594
 
 
 
20,294
 
 
 
21,520
 
 
 
32,392
 
Noninterest income
 
 
 
17,459
 
 
 
15,758
 
 
 
17,318
 
 
 
18,041
 
 
 
19,541
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
40,686
 
 
 
39,555
 
 
 
39,167
 
 
 
41,720
 
 
 
40,248
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
 
(16,135)
 
 
 
(16,203)
 
 
 
(1,555)
 
 
 
(2,159)
 
 
 
11,685
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 
(6,501)
 
 
 
(6,565)
 
 
 
(658)
 
 
 
(492)
 
 
 
4,412
 
Net (loss) income
 
 
 
(9,634)
 
 
 
(9,638)
 
 
 
(897)
 
 
 
(1,667)
 
 
 
7,273
 
Preferred stock dividends and
     discount accretion
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
1,876
 
Net (loss) income available to
     common shareholders
 
 
$
(9,634)
 
 
$
(9,638)
 
 
$
(897)
 
 
$
(1,667)
 
 
$
5,397
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income – basic
 
 
$
(1.14)
 
 
$
(1.14)
 
 
$
(0.11)
 
 
$
(0.20)
 
 
$
0.64
 
Net (loss) income – diluted
 
 
 
(1.14)
 
 
 
(1.14)
 
 
 
(0.11)
 
 
 
(0.20)
 
 
 
0.64
 
Dividends paid
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
0.01
 
 
 
0.09
 
 
 
0.24
 
 
 
0.64
 
Book value (at year end)
 
 
 
12.19
 
 
 
13.48
 
 
 
14.34
 
 
 
14.51
 
 
 
15.18
 
Tangible book value (at year end)1
 
 
 
10.31
 
 
 
11.56
 
 
 
12.37
 
 
 
12.32
 
 
 
12.64
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION (at year
     end):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
 
$
711,919
 
 
$
785,082
 
 
$
841,050
 
 
$
895,404
 
 
$
916,557
 
Assets
 
 
 
1,054,124
 
 
 
1,185,807
 
 
 
1,158,193
 
 
 
1,130,311
 
 
 
1,156,516
 
Deposits
 
 
 
933,468
 
 
 
1,049,273
 
 
 
1,009,919
 
 
 
979,516
 
 
 
990,937
 
Long-term debt
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
455
 
 
 
932
 
 
 
1,429
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
103,299
 
 
 
114,026
 
 
 
121,249
 
 
 
122,513
 
 
 
127,810
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS (for the
     year):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total assets
 
 
 
(0.89)
%
 
 
(0.82)
%
 
 
(0.08)
%
 
 
(0.15)
%
 
 
0.48
%
Return on average stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
(8.64)
 
 
 
(8.07)
 
 
 
(0.74)
 
 
 
(1.33)
 
 
 
4.00
 
Net interest margin
 
 
 
3.48
 
 
 
3.23
 
 
 
3.74
 
 
 
4.02
 
 
 
3.90
 
Efficiency ratio2
 
 
 
77.59
 
 
 
77.17
 
 
 
68.35
 
 
 
68.75
 
 
 
66.07
 
Dividend payout ratio
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
(0.88)
 
 
 
(81.82)
 
 
 
(120.00)
 
 
 
100.00
 
Average stockholders’ equity to average
     total assets
 
 
 
10.31
 
 
 
10.18
 
 
 
10.66
 
 
 
11.05
 
 
 
11.96
 
 ____________________
1Total stockholders’ equity, net of goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at year end.
2Noninterest expense as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total noninterest income).  Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.
 
 
29

 
Item 7.          Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The following discussion compares the Company’s financial condition at December 31, 2013 to its financial condition at December 31, 2012 and the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. 
 
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW
The Company recorded a net loss of $9.6 million for both 2013 and 2012, and $897 thousand for 2011.  The basic and diluted loss per common share was $1.14 for both 2013 and 2012, and $0.11 for 2011.  When comparing 2013 to 2012, results were flat due to higher noninterest income of $1.7 million which was offset by higher noninterest expenses of $1.1 million and lower net interest income of $463 thousand.  When comparing 2012 to 2011, the principal factors for the difference in results were an $8.3 million increase in the provision for credit losses, a $4.4 million decline in net interest income and a $1.3 million loss incurred to terminate the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge. 
 
Total assets were $1.054 billion at December 31, 2013, a $131.7 million, or 11.1%, decrease when compared to the $1.186 billion at December 31, 2012.  The decrease in assets was primarily due to a decline in loans of $73.2 million and interest-bearing deposits with other banks of $55.5 million.  The decline in loans was mainly due to charge-offs and the execution of agreements by Talbot Bank to sell loans and other real estate owned (the “Asset Sale”).  On October 28, 2013, Talbot Bank entered into agreements to sell assets with an aggregate book value of $45.0 million for a price of $25.2 million.  The assets consisted of $11.1 million of nonaccrual loans, $30.4 million of accruing troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), $1.8 million of adversely classified performing loans and $1.7 million of other real estate owned.  Loans subject to the Asset Sale were transferred to loans held for sale and charge-offs of $19.6 million were taken to reflect the value to be realized upon sale.  Subsequently, the provision for credit losses was increased $19.6 million to replenish the allowance for credit losses while other real estate owned subject to the Asset Sale was written down $182 thousand for a total pretax loss of $19.8 million.  The Asset Sale reflects managment’s difficult but prudent decision to sell a significant amount of Talbot Bank’s problem loans, a portion of which had mirgrated from performing to non-performing status between the 3rd and 4th quarters of fiscal 2013, recognize the loss on such loans, reduce its risk-based assets and allow management to focus on returning to profitability. At December 31, 2013, loans of $3.5 million originally included in the Asset Sale remained in the balance of loans held for sale since they were not purchased by the investors but management’s continued intent is to sell them. 
 
Total deposits decreased $115.8 million, or 11.0%, to $933.5 million at December 31, 2013.  The decrease in deposits was mainly due to a decline in money market deposit accounts of $67.9 million and time deposits of $56.0 million, partially offset by an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits of $18.8 million.  The decrease in money market deposit accounts was associated with the Company’s participation in the Promontory Insured Network Deposits Program (“IND Program”).  In December 2012, the Company decided to partially exit the IND Program to decrease its excess liquidity and, in June 2013, the Company fully exited the IND Program.  The decrease in time deposits also reduced the Company’s excess liquidity.  Total stockholders’ equity declined $10.7 million, or 9.4%, to $103.3 million, or 9.8% of total assets at December 31, 2013. 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.  Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.  The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices, collateral value or are provided by other third-party sources, when available.
 
The most significant accounting policies that the Company follows are presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the notes to the financial statements and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined.  Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has determined that the accounting policies with respect to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and fair value are critical accounting policies.  These policies are considered critical because they relate to accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and, as such, could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. 
 
 
30

 
The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.  Determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheets.  Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for credit losses.  A discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for credit losses is included in the “Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management” section below.
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability.  Goodwill and other intangible assets are required to be recorded at fair value.  Determining fair value is subjective, requiring the use of estimates, assumptions and management judgment.  Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment, usually during the third quarter, or on an interim basis if circumstances dictate.  Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing.  Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill.  The Company’s reporting units were identified based on an analysis of each of its individual operating segments.  If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write down the related goodwill or purchased intangibles to record an impairment loss.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the applicable federal and state income tax rates to cumulative temporary differences.  These temporary differences represent differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of certain assets and liabilities.  Deferred taxes result from such temporary differences.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized.  Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income, recoverable taxes paid in prior years and tax planning strategies.
 
The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with the measurements made on a recurring or nonrecurring basis.  Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities and interest rate caps.  Impaired loans and other real estate owned are significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  In determining fair value, the Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, reducing subjectivity.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS
Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses new accounting policies that the Company adopted during 2013 and the expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted.  To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of this discussion and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Net interest income remains the most significant factor affecting our results of operations.  Net interest income represents the excess of interest and fees earned on total average earning assets (loans, investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with other banks) over interest owed on average interest-bearing liabilities (deposits and borrowings).  Tax-equivalent net interest income is net interest income adjusted for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and investments.  As shown in the table below, tax-equivalent net interest income for 2013 was $35.0 million.  This represented a $523 thousand, or 1.5%, decrease from 2012, significantly lower than the $4.5 million, or 11.2%, decrease for 2012 when compared to 2011.  The decrease in both comparison periods was due to a greater decline in interest income than the decline in interest expense.  When comparing 2013 to 2012, interest income decreased $4.6 million while interest expense decreased $4.1 million.  When comparing 2012 to 2011, interest income decreased $5.0 million while interest expense decreased only $526 thousand.   
 
The decrease in interest expense when comparing 2013 to 2012 was mainly due to the Company exiting the IND Program.  By exiting the IND Program and terminating the interest rate caps used to hedge the interest rates on the deposits associated with the program, money market deposit account balances and related interest expense declined which benefitted the net interest margin.  See the discussion below relating to interest expense and Note 20 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
 
31

 
Our net interest margin (i.e., tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets) represents the net yield on earning assets. The net interest margin is managed through loan and deposit pricing and asset/liability strategies. The net interest margin was 3.48% for 2013, 25 basis points higher than the 3.23% for 2012 mainly due to the impact of reduced average rates on deposits associated with the IND program termination resulting in a reduction in both the money market account balances as well as the associated higher rate on this program. Additionally, there was a positive effect of decreases in average balances of lower yielding interest bearing deposits with other banks tied to the funding from the IND program. The net interest margin declined 51 basis points in 2012 when compared to 2011 primarily due to both a decrease in net interest income and an increase in average earning assets mainly in lower-yielding interest-bearing deposits with other banks.  The net interest spread, which is the difference between the average yield on earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.31% for 2013, 3.02% for 2012 and 3.52% for 2011. The increase in the net interest spread between 2012 and 2013 was primarily due to the effects associated with exiting the IND program discussed above.
 
The following table sets forth the major components of net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
 
 
 
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield/
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield/
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
(1)
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
(1)
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
(1)
 
/Rate
 
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans (2) (3)
 
$
764,659
 
$
39,062
 
5.11
%
$
814,167
 
$
42,808
 
5.26
%
$
873,155
 
$
47,688
 
5.46
%
Loans held for sale
 
 
3,857
 
 
90
 
2.34
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
 
 
138,701
 
 
2,072
 
1.49
 
 
134,697
 
 
2,815
 
2.09
 
 
109,059
 
 
3,031
 
2.78
 
Tax-exempt
 
 
540
 
 
26
 
4.84
 
 
2,989
 
 
157
 
5.25
 
 
4,509
 
 
234
 
5.19
 
Federal funds sold
 
 
3,850
 
 
4
 
0.10
 
 
10,185
 
 
10
 
0.10
 
 
23,808
 
 
25
 
0.10
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
 
94,704
 
 
200
 
0.21
 
 
135,813
 
 
274
 
0.20
 
 
58,927
 
 
93
 
0.16
 
Total earning assets
 
 
1,006,311
 
 
41,454
 
4.12
%
 
1,097,851
 
 
46,064
 
4.20
%
 
1,069,458
 
 
51,071
 
4.78
%
Cash and due from banks
 
 
22,603
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,256
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19,198
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
 
67,724
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68,813
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67,695
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
 
(15,511)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14,468)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(16,408)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,081,127
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,172,452
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,139,943
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
 
$
171,244
 
 
266
 
0.16
%
$
160,741
 
 
294
 
0.18
%
$
145,533
 
 
300
 
0.21
%
Money market and savings deposits (4)
 
 
221,808
 
 
1,086
 
0.49
 
 
279,126
 
 
3,279
 
1.17
 
 
265,910
 
 
2,654
 
1.00
 
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 or more
 
 
202,053
 
 
2,580
 
1.28
 
 
238,241
 
 
3,442
 
1.44
 
 
245,214
 
 
3,965
 
1.62
 
Other time deposits
 
 
195,045
 
 
2,516
 
1.29
 
 
204,644
 
 
3,486
 
1.70
 
 
205,154
 
 
4,076
 
1.99
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
 
790,150
 
 
6,448
 
0.82
 
 
882,752
 
 
10,501
 
1.19
 
 
861,811
 
 
10,995
 
1.28
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
10,980
 
 
27
 
0.24
 
 
14,976
 
 
45
 
0.30
 
 
15,319
 
 
56
 
0.37
 
Long-term debt
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
341
 
 
16
 
4.61
 
 
814
 
 
37
 
4.50
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
801,130
 
 
6,475
 
0.81
%
 
898,069
 
 
10,562
 
1.18
%
 
877,944
 
 
11,088
 
1.26
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 
 
160,182
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
146,057
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130,260
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 
8,370
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,967
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,243
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
111,445
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
119,359
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
121,496
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
1,081,127
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,172,452
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,139,943
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
$
34,979
 
3.31
%
 
 
 
$
35,502
 
3.02
%
 
 
 
$
39,983
 
3.52
%
Net interest margin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.48
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.23
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.74
%
 
___________________
 (1) All amounts are reported on a tax-equivalent basis computed using the statutory federal income tax rate of 34.0%, exclusive of the alternative minimum tax rate and nondeductible interest expense.  The tax-equivalent adjustment amounts used in the above table to compute yields aggregated $103 thousand in 2013, $163 thousand in 2012 and $219 thousand in 2011.
(2) Average loan balances include nonaccrual loans.
(3) Interest income on loans includes amortized loan fees, net of costs, and all are included in the yield calculations.
(4) Interest on money market and savings deposits includes an adjustment to expense related to interest rate caps and the hedged deposits from the Promontory Insured Network Deposits Program associated with them.  This adjustment increased interest expense by $695 thousand for 2013, $2.0 million for 2012 and $1.3 million for 2011.  The interest rate caps were terminated in June of 2013.
 
On a tax-equivalent basis, total interest income was $41.5 million for 2013, compared to $46.1 million for 2012 and $51.1 million for 2011. The decline in interest income for 2013 and 2012 was primarily due to loan activity which included the Asset Sale in 2013, and loan charge-offs and decreased loan demand in both periods.  During 2013 and 2012, average loans decreased $49.5 million and $59.0 million, respectively, and the yield earned on loans decreased 15 and 20 basis points, respectively.  Excluding average nonaccrual loans, the yield on loans would have been 5.30%, 5.57% and 5.78% for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  Other earning assets impacting the change in interest income for 2013 included taxable investment securities, which increased $4.0 million while the related yield declined 60 basis points, which reduced interest income $743 thousand.  The yield on taxable investment securities decreased because the reinvestment rates on investment securities purchased during 2013 were lower than the yields on the investment securities that matured or were sold during the period.  Federal funds sold and tax-exempt investment securities declined $6.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively.  The yield on federal funds sold remained unchanged while the yield on tax-exempt securities decreased 41 basis points.  The changes in the balances and yields of these earning assets reduced interest income a combined $137 thousand.  Although the yield on interest-bearing deposits with other banks increased one basis point, the average balance declined $41.1 million, which reduced interest income $74 thousand when comparing 2013 to 2012.  The decline in these earning assets reflected a reduction in excess liquidity.
 
 
32

 
When comparing 2012 to 2011, the changes in other average earning assets included an increase in interest-bearing deposits with other banks of $76.9 million and an increase of four basis points in the related yield, which increased interest income $181 thousand.  Beginning in 2011 and continuing in 2012, the investment of excess cash from customers’ deposits shifted from federal funds sold to interest-bearing deposits with other banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, to take advantage of higher yields on these deposits.  While taxable investment securities increased $25.6 million, the related yield declined 69 basis points, which reduced interest income by $216 thousand.  The remaining earning assets, federal funds sold and tax-exempt investment securities, declined $13.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively.  The yield on tax-exempt securities increased six basis points while the yield on federal funds sold remained the same.  The changes in the balances and yields of these earning assets reduced interest income a combined $92 thousand.
 
As a percentage of total average earning assets, loans, investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits were 76.0%, 13.8% , 0.4% and 9.4%, respectively, for 2013 which reflected a shift to higher-yielding earning assets when compared to 2012.  The comparable percentages for 2012 were 74.2%, 12.5%, 0.9%, and 12.4%, respectively, and for 2011 were 81.7%, 10.6%, 2.2% and 5.5%, respectively.  When comparing 2013 to 2012, the overall decrease in average balances of earning assets produced $2.6 million less in interest income and the decrease in yields on earning assets produced $2.0 million less in interest income, as seen in the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis below. When comparing 2012 to 2011, the overall decrease in both yields on and average balances of earning assets produced $2.5 million less in interest income primarily driven by a $59 million decline in average loan balances as well as a 20 basis point decline in average loan yields.  Declines in balances were associated with weak loan demand and the impact of refinancing. The decline in yields resulted from repricing pressure and the impact of increasing nonperforming loans. 
 
The following table sets forth the average balance of the components of average earning assets as a percentage of total average earning assets for the year ended December 31.
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Loans
 
76.0
%
74.2
%
81.7
%
84.9
%
85.5
%
Loans held for sale
 
0.4
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
Investment securities
 
13.8
 
12.5
 
10.6
 
10.0
 
8.6
 
Federal funds sold
 
0.4
 
0.9
 
2.2
 
3.7
 
5.6
 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
 
9.4
 
12.4
 
5.5
 
1.4
 
0.3
 
 
 
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
 
Interest expense was $6.5 million for 2013, compared to $10.6 million for 2012 and $11.1 million for 2011.  The decline in interest expense for 2013 was primarily due to lower expense on money market and savings deposits and time deposits.  Interest expense on money market and savings deposits declined $2.2 million in 2013 when compared to 2012 due to a decrease of $57.3 million in average balances of these deposits and a decrease of 68 basis points on rates paid on these deposits.  The decrease in balances of money market and savings deposits was primarily due to the decline in deposits associated with the IND Program, which the Company fully exited in June of 2013, and the lower rates were primarily due to terminating the interest rate caps used to hedge the interest rates on the deposits associated with the IND Program.  See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding the effect of the interest rate caps on interest expense.  Interest expense on time deposits (certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits) declined $1.8 million when compared to 2012 due to a decrease of $45.8 million in average time deposits and a decrease of 28 basis points on rates paid on these deposits.  The decrease in average time deposits reflected a decrease in the Company’s liquidity needs and the lower rates reflected current market conditions. 
 
The decline in interest expense for 2012 relative to 2011 was primarily due to lower expense on time deposits which was partially offset by higher expense on money market and savings accounts.  Interest expense on time deposits declined $1.1 million in 2012 when compared to 2011 due to a decrease of $7.5 million in average time deposits and a decrease of 23 basis points on rates paid on these deposits.  Interest expense on money market and savings deposits increased $625 thousand due to an increase of $13.2 million in average balances of these deposits primarily due to the Company’s participation in the IND Program and an increase of 17 basis points on rates paid on these deposits primarily due to the interest rate caps used to hedge the interest rates on the deposits associated with the IND Program. 
 
During 2013, lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities produced $2.9 million less in interest expense and decreased volume produced $1.2 million less in interest expense, as shown in the table below.  In 2012, lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities produced $562 thousand less in interest expense and increased volume produced $36 thousand more in interest expense. 
 
 
33

 
The following Rate/Volume Variance Analysis identifies the portion of the changes in tax-equivalent net interest income attributable to changes in volume of average balances or to changes in the yield on earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The rate and volume variance for each category has been allocated on a consistent basis between rate and volume variances, based on a percentage of rate, or volume, variance to the sum of the absolute two variances.
 
 
 
 
2013 over (under) 2012
 
2012 over (under) 2011
 
 
 
Total
 
Caused By
 
Total
 
Caused By
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Variance
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Variance
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Interest income from earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and loans held for sale
 
$
(3,656)
 
$
(1,196)
 
$
(2,460)
 
$
(4,880)
 
$
(1,715)
 
$
(3,165)
 
Taxable investment securities
 
 
(743)
 
 
(825)
 
 
82
 
 
(216)
 
 
(843)
 
 
627
 
Tax-exempt investment securities
 
 
(131)
 
 
(11)
 
 
(120)
 
 
(77)
 
 
3
 
 
(80)
 
Federal funds sold
 
 
(6)
 
 
-
 
 
(6)
 
 
(15)
 
 
-
 
 
(15)
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
 
(74)
 
 
13
 
 
(87)
 
 
181
 
 
30
 
 
151
 
Total interest income
 
 
(4,610)
 
 
(2,019)
 
 
(2,591)
 
 
(5,007)
 
 
(2,525)
 
 
(2,482)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense on deposits
    and borrowed funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
 
 
(28)
 
 
(41)
 
 
13
 
 
(6)
 
 
(41)
 
 
35
 
Money market and savings deposits
 
 
(2,193)
 
 
(1,620)
 
 
(573)
 
 
625
 
 
484
 
 
141
 
Time deposits
 
 
(1,832)
 
 
(1,176)
 
 
(656)
 
 
(1,113)
 
 
(996)
 
 
(117)
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
(18)
 
 
(8)
 
 
(10)
 
 
(11)
 
 
(10)
 
 
(1)
 
Long-term debt
 
 
(16)
 
 
(8)
 
 
(8)
 
 
(21)
 
 
1
 
 
(22)
 
Total interest expense
 
 
(4,087)
 
 
(2,853)
 
 
(1,234)
 
 
(526)
 
 
(562)
 
 
36
 
Net interest income
 
$
(523)
 
$
834
 
$
(1,357)
 
$
(4,481)
 
$
(1,963)
 
$
(2,518)
 
 
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income increased $1.7 million, or 10.8%, in 2013 when compared to 2012 and decreased $1.6 million, or 9.0%, in 2012 when compared to 2011.  The increase in noninterest income in 2013 when compared to 2012 was primarily due to higher insurance agency commissions ($833 thousand) and gains on sales of investment securities ($635 thousand), and fewer losses on sales of other real estate owned ($452 thousand) which are included in other noninterest income.  Partially offsetting the increase were lower service charges on deposit accounts ($180 thousand).
 
The decrease in noninterest income in 2012 when compared to 2011 was mainly due to a $1.3 million loss on the termination of a cash flow hedge which is discussed above under the caption “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin”.  The decline in noninterest income for 2012 also included decreases in gains on sales of investment securities ($285 thousand) and service charges on deposit accounts ($294 thousand), partially offset by an increase in insurance agency commissions ($456 thousand). 
 
The following table summarizes our noninterest income for the years ended December 31.
 
 
 
Years Ended
 
Change from Prior Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013/12
 
2012/11
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
 
$
2,371
 
$
2,551
 
$
2,845
 
$
(180)
 
(7.1)
%
$
(294)
 
(10.3)
%
Trust and investment fee income
 
 
1,613
 
 
1,644
 
 
1,563
 
 
(31)
 
(1.9)
 
 
81
 
5.2
 
Gains on sales of investment securities
 
 
913
 
 
278
 
 
563
 
 
635
 
228.4
 
 
(285)
 
(50.6)
 
Insurance agency commissions income
 
 
10,647
 
 
9,814
 
 
9,358
 
 
833
 
8.5
 
 
456
 
4.9
 
Loss on termination of cash flow hedge
 
 
(1,306)
 
 
(1,339)
 
 
-
 
 
33
 
2.5
 
 
(1,339)
 
-
 
Other noninterest income
 
 
3,221
 
 
2,810
 
 
2,989
 
 
411
 
14.6
 
 
(179)
 
(6.0)
 
Total
 
$
17,459
 
$
15,758
 
$
17,318
 
$
1,701
 
10.8
 
$
(1,560)
 
(9.0)
 
 
 
34

 
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense increased $1.1 million, or 2.9%, in 2013 when compared to 2012 and increased $388 thousand, or 1.0%, in 2012 when compared to 2011.  The increase in noninterest expense in 2013 when compared to 2012 was primarily due to higher marketing expenses ($510 thousand) included in other noninterest expenses, FDIC insurance premiums ($433 thousand) and insurance agency commissions expense ($407 thousand).  The increased marketing costs were mainly related to a branding project for the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
The increase in noninterest expense in 2012 when compared to 2011 was primarily due to higher salaries and wages ($593 thousand), write-downs of other real estate owned ($277 thousand) and other noninterest expenses ($632 thousand) which was largely offset by a $1.3 million decline in goodwill impairment.  Salaries and wages included amounts relating to the hiring of a new executive vice president at Talbot Bank during the second quarter of 2011 as part of Talbot Bank’s succession plan, and a new lender at CNB for the Delaware region during the third quarter of 2011.  Other noninterest expenses included higher amounts relating to collection expense for loans ($286 thousand) and provision for off balance sheet credit losses ($216 thousand).
  
We had 312 full-time equivalent employees at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, compared to 319 at December 31,  2011.
 
The following table summarizes our noninterest expense for the years ended December 31.
 
 
 
Years Ended
 
Change from Prior Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013/12
 
2012/11
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Salaries and wages
 
$
17,346
 
$
17,418
 
$
16,825
 
$
(72)
 
(0.4)
%
$
593
 
3.5
%
Employee benefits
 
 
4,094
 
 
3,994
 
 
3,840
 
 
100
 
2.5
 
 
154
 
4.0
 
Occupancy expense
 
 
2,344
 
 
2,559
 
 
2,312
 
 
(215)
 
(8.4)
 
 
247
 
10.7
 
Furniture and equipment expense
 
 
1,020
 
 
963
 
 
1,059
 
 
57
 
5.9
 
 
(96)
 
(9.1)
 
Data processing
 
 
2,900
 
 
2,717
 
 
2,852
 
 
183
 
6.7
 
 
(135)
 
(4.7)
 
Directors’ fees
 
 
354
 
 
474
 
 
500
 
 
(120)
 
(25.3)
 
 
(26)
 
(5.2)
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    impairment
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,344
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
(1,344)
 
(100.0)
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
 
296
 
 
392
 
 
512
 
 
(96)
 
(24.5)
 
 
(120)
 
(23.4)
 
Insurance agency commissions expense
 
 
1,798
 
 
1,391
 
 
1,267
 
 
407
 
29.3
 
 
124
 
9.8
 
FDIC insurance premium expense
 
 
1,813
 
 
1,380
 
 
1,298
 
 
433
 
31.4
 
 
82
 
6.3
 
Write-downs of other real estate owned
 
 
1,318
 
 
1,328
 
 
1,051
 
 
(10)
 
(0.8)
 
 
277
 
26.4
 
Other noninterest expenses
 
 
7,403
 
 
6,939
 
 
6,307
 
 
464
 
6.7
 
 
632
 
10.0
 
Total
 
$
40,686
 
$
39,555
 
$
39,167
 
$
1,131
 
2.9
 
$
388
 
1.0
 
 

Income Taxes

The Company reported an income tax benefit of $6.5 million for 2013, $6.6 million for 2012 and $658 thousand for 2011.  The effective tax rate was 40.3% for 2013, 40.5% for 2012 and  42.3% for 2011. 
 
REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Asset and liability composition, capital resources, asset quality, market risk, interest sensitivity and liquidity are all factors that affect our financial condition.  The following sections discuss each of these factors.
 
Assets
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks and Federal Funds Sold
We invest excess cash balances (i.e., the excess cash remaining after funding loans and investing in securities with deposits and borrowings) in interest-bearing accounts and federal funds sold offered by our correspondent banks.  These liquid investments are maintained at a level that management believes is necessary to meet current liquidity needs.  Total interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold decreased $63.7 million from $173.6 million at December 31, 2012 to $109.9 million at December 31, 2013.  Average interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold decreased $47.4 million in 2013 but increased $63.3 million in 2012.  The decline in both the 2013 period-end and average balances for these assets reflected a reduction in excess liquidity.  
 
 
35

 
Investment Securities
The investment portfolio is structured to provide us with liquidity and also plays an important role in the overall management of interest rate risk.  Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted prices and may be sold as part of the asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response to changing interest rates.  Net unrealized holding gains and losses on these securities are reported net of related income taxes as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  Investment securities in the held to maturity category are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.  We have the intent and current ability to hold such securities until maturity.  At December 31, 2013, 97% of the portfolio was classified as available for sale and 3% as held to maturity, similar to the 98% and 2%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.  The percentage of securities designated as available for sale reflects the amount that management believes is needed to support our anticipated growth and liquidity needs.  With the exception of municipal securities, our general practice is to classify all newly-purchased securities as available for sale.  We do not typically invest in structured notes or other derivative securities.  Total investment securities increased $4.1 million from $148.2 million at December 31, 2012 to $152.3 million at December 31, 2013.  Average investment securities increased $1.6 million in 2013, much less than the $24.1 million in 2012 due to reduced excess liquidity in 2013.
 
Investment securities available for sale were $147.1 million at the end of 2013 and $145.5 million at the end of 2012.  Investment activity for 2013 included sales of $10.3 million in U.S. Government agencies and $29.1 million in mortgage-backed securities which, in aggregate, generated a gain of $913 thousand while investment activity for 2012 included sales of $6.0 million in mortgage-backed securities which generated a gain of $278 thousand.  At year-end 2013, 39.7% of the securities in the portfolio were U.S. Government agencies and 52.9% of the securities were mortgage-backed securities, compared to 24.4% and 73.4%, respectively, at year-end 2012, reflecting a shift in the composition of the portfolio to U.S. Government agencies to reduce the overall length of maturity of the portfolio.  As seen in the table below, 43% of the available-for-sale portfolio will mature in over one through five years and 53% will mature in over ten years based on contractual maturities.  The comparable amounts for 2012 were 15% and 80%, respectively.  Our investments in mortgage-backed securities are issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or government-sponsored agencies.
 
Investment securities held to maturity, which consisted of one U.S. Government agency bond and tax-exempt municipal bonds, totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2013.  The comparable amount was $2.7 million at December 31, 2012.  The higher amount at the end of 2013 reflected the addition of the U.S. Government agency bond to the held-to-maturity portfolio during 2013.
 
The following table sets forth the maturities and weighted average yields of the bond investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
1 Year or Less
 
1-5 Years
 
5-10 Years
 
Over 10 Years
 
 
 
Carrying
 
Average
 
Carrying
 
Average
 
Carrying
 
Average
 
Carrying
 
Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and
    Government agencies
 
$
2,042
 
0.61
%
$
63,385
 
0.78
%
$
141
 
4.15
%
$
219
 
4.40
%
Mortgage-backed
 
 
3
 
4.24
 
 
136
 
4.57
 
 
3,499
 
1.96
 
 
77,075
 
1.75
 
Total available for sale
 
$
2,045
 
0.62
 
$
63,521
 
0.79
 
$
3,640
 
2.04
 
$
77,294
 
1.76
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
-
 
-
%
$
-
 
-
%
$
-
 
-
%
$
2,975
 
2.03
%
States and political
    subdivisions1
 
 
267
 
4.55
 
 
433
 
4.12
 
 
1,006
 
4.67
 
 
504
 
5.38
 
Total held to maturity
 
$
267
 
4.55
 
$
433
 
4.12
 
$
1,006
 
4.67
 
$
3,479
 
2.51
 
 ___________________
1Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax equivalent basis assuming a federal tax rate of 34.0%.
 
Loans
The loan portfolio is the primary source of our income.  Loans totaled $711.9 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $73.2 million, or 9.3%, from 2012.  Loans included deferred costs net of deferred fees of $341 thousand at year-end 2013 and $286 thousand at year-end 2012.  Loans declined at the end of 2013 when compared to the end of 2012 primarily due to real estate loans that were charged off or sold in the Asset Sale.  Most of our loans are secured by real estate and are classified as construction, residential or commercial real estate loans.  Total real estate loans decreased $67.0 million, or 9.4%, from year-end 2012 to year-end 2013.  The decrease in real estate loans was due to declines in construction loans of $43.5 million, or 40.2%, residential real estate loans of $13.2 million, or 4.6%, and commercial real estate loans of $10.3 million, or 3.3%.  Commercial loans, which include financial and agricultural loans, decreased $3.6 million, or 5.9%, and consumer loans, a small percentage of the overall loan portfolio, decreased $2.6 million, or 19.7%, from the end of 2012 to the end of 2013. 
 
At December 31, 2013, the real estate loan portfolio was comprised of 9.1% construction, 38.6% residential real estate and 42.8% commercial real estate.  That compares to 13.8%, 36.7% and 40.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.   Commercial and consumer loans were 8.0% and 1.5%, respectively, of the portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 7.7% and 1.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.  At December 31, 2013, 68.9% of the loan portfolio had fixed interest rates and 31.1% had adjustable interest rates, compared to 64.7% and 35.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.  See the discussion below under the caption “Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management” and Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, loans held for sale were $3.5 million and $0.  We do not engage in foreign or subprime lending activities.
 
The Company experienced significant declines in loan outstandings over the last four years due to the depressed economic environment on the Delmarva Peninsula and the corresponding adverse impact on new business and loan demand. Additionally, these economic conditions impacted our credit quality which diverted attention from new production to remediation and disposition of troubled loans which resulted in high levels of charge offs during these periods. Diligent workout efforts and the Asset Sale, accompanied by the seeming stabilization of the economy in the Company’s market area, have positioned the Company to increase its loan portfolio through the origination of high quality loans.
 
36

 
The table below sets forth trends in the composition of the loan portfolio over the past five years (including net deferred loan fees/costs).
 
 
 
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Construction
 
$
64,591
 
$
108,051
 
$
119,883
 
$
143,952
 
$
161,437
 
Residential real estate
 
 
274,857
 
 
288,011
 
 
321,604
 
 
333,738
 
 
327,873
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
304,605
 
 
314,941
 
 
315,439
 
 
318,726
 
 
315,930
 
Commercial
 
 
57,195
 
 
60,786
 
 
69,485
 
 
82,787
 
 
91,783
 
Consumer
 
 
10,671
 
 
13,293
 
 
14,639
 
 
16,201
 
 
19,534
 
Total
 
$
711,919
 
$
785,082
 
$
841,050
 
$
895,404
 
$
916,557
 
 
The table below sets forth the maturities and interest rate sensitivity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing
 
one but within
 
Maturing after
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
within one year
 
five years
 
five years
 
Total
 
Construction
 
$
33,599
 
$
26,691
 
$
4,301
 
$
64,591
 
Residential real estate
 
 
74,732
 
 
92,274
 
 
107,851
 
 
274,857
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
75,192
 
 
196,978
 
 
32,435
 
 
304,605
 
Commercial
 
 
23,521
 
 
25,023
 
 
8,651
 
 
57,195
 
Consumer
 
 
5,232
 
 
4,516
 
 
923
 
 
10,671
 
Total
 
$
212,276
 
$
345,482
 
$
154,161
 
$
711,919
 
Rate terms:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-interest rate loans
 
$
135,829
 
$
318,149
 
$
36,760
 
$
490,738
 
Adjustable-interest rate loans
 
 
76,447
 
 
27,333
 
 
117,401
 
 
221,181
 
Total
 
$
212,276
 
$
345,482
 
$
154,161
 
$
711,919
 
 
Liabilities
 
Deposits
We use core deposits primarily to fund loans and to purchase investment securities.  Total deposits decreased from $1.049 billion at December 31, 2012 to $933.5 million at December 31, 2013.  As previously mentioned, the decrease in deposits was mainly due to a decline in money market and savings deposit accounts of $67.9 million and time deposits of $56.0 million, partially offset by an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits of $18.8 million.  The decrease in money market deposit accounts, due to the Company exiting the IND Program, and the decrease in time deposits both reflected management’s effort to reduce excess liquidity.  The increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits reflected continuing growth from our customer base.  Average deposits decreased $78.5 million, or 7.6%, in 2013, compared to a 3.7% increase in 2012.  Average money market and savings deposits, and average time deposits decreased in aggregate $103.1 million, or 14.3%, for the same reasons as the decline in the period-end amounts.  Partially offsetting this decrease, average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits increased $24.6 million, or 8.0%, during 2013.  Deposits provided funding for approximately 94.4%, 93.7% and 92.8% of average earning assets for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Average deposit growth for 2012 was primarily in noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and money market and savings deposits which increased in aggregate $44.2 million, or 8.2%.  Average time deposits decreased $7.5 million, or 1.7%, during 2012 mainly due to a reduction in the Company’s liquidity needs, a shift in customer investment needs and a decline in deposits of a large municipal customer.
 
The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits and the percentage of each category to total average deposits for the years ended December 31.
 
 
 
Average Balances
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
 
$
160,182
 
16.9
%
$
146,057
 
14.2
%
$
130,260
 
13.1
%
Interest-bearing deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand
 
 
171,244
 
18.0
 
 
160,741
 
15.6
 
 
145,533
 
14.7
 
Money market and savings
 
 
221,808
 
23.3
 
 
279,126
 
27.1
 
 
265,910
 
26.8
 
Certificates of deposit, $100,000
    or more
 
 
202,053
 
21.3
 
 
238,241
 
23.2
 
 
245,214
 
24.7
 
Other time deposits
 
 
195,045
 
20.5
 
 
204,644
 
19.9
 
 
205,154
 
20.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
950,332
 
100.0
%
$
1,028,809
 
100.0
%
$
992,071
 
100.0
%
 
 
37

 
The following table sets forth the maturity ranges of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2013.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Three months or less
 
$
39,878
 
Over three through 12 months
 
 
51,393
 
Over 12 months
 
 
93,770
 
Total
 
$
185,041
 
 
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings generally consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings from the FHLB.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are issued in conjunction with cash management services for commercial depositors.  We also borrow from the FHLB on a short-term basis and occasionally borrow from correspondent banks under federal fund lines of credit arrangements to meet short-term liquidity needs.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, short-term borrowings included only repurchase agreements. 
 
The average balance of short-term borrowings decreased $4.0 million, or 26.7%, in 2013, while the average balance decreased $343 thousand, or 2.2%, in 2012.  The need for short-term borrowings declined due to fewer funding requirements for loans during 2013 and 2012 and also due to increases in average deposits during 2012. 
 
The following table sets forth our position with respect to short-term borrowings.
 
 
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Average outstanding for the year
 
$
10,980
 
0.24
%
 
$
14,976
 
0.30
%
 
$
15,319
 
0.37
%
Outstanding at year end
 
 
10,140
 
0.23
 
 
 
13,761
 
0.26
 
 
 
17,817
 
0.34
 
Maximum outstanding at any month end
 
 
12,662
 
-
 
 
 
18,879
 
-
 
 
 
18,251
 
-
 
 
Long-Term Debt
We use long-term borrowings to meet longer term liquidity needs, specifically to fund loan growth where liquidity from deposit growth is not sufficient.  Average long-term debt declined $341 thousand during 2013 and $473 thousand during 2012 due to fewer funding requirements for loans during 2013 and 2012 and because deposit growth was sufficient to meet funding needs in 2012.  The Company had no long-term debt at the end of 2013 and 2012. 
 
Capital Resources Management
Total stockholders’ equity for the Company was $103.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $114.0 million at December 31, 2012.  The decrease in stockholders’ equity in 2013 was primarily due to the $9.6 million loss recorded. 
 
In 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company voted to suspend quarterly cash dividends on common stock until further notice.  In 2011, the Company reduced the quarterly cash dividend to $0.01 from $0.06 per share.  The reduction in dividends was intended primarily to mitigate declines in stockholders’ equity and capital ratios.  Even though stockholders’ equity decreased in 2013, the Company continued to maintain capital at levels in excess of the risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies, as seen in the table below. 
 
In May 2013, Talbot Bank entered into the Consent Agreements and the Acknowledgement with the FDIC and the Commissioner and the FDIC and the Commissioner issued the related Order.  Among the requirements, Talbot Bank must meet and maintain the following minimum capital levels, (i) a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets) of at least 8%, and (ii) a total risk-based capital ratio (the ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 12%.  As of December 31, 2013, the leverage ratio and total risk-based capital ratio were 4.98% and 8.17%, respectively, for Talbot Bank.  For additional information regarding the Consent Agreements, the Order and the Acknowledgement along with Talbot Bank’s progress with the requirements, see “Business-Regulatory Enforcement Actions” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption “Regulatory Enforcement Actions.” 
 
We record unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, on investment securities available for sale and on cash flow hedging activities as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  At December 31, 2013, the portion of the investment portfolio designated as “available for sale” had net unrealized holding losses, net of tax, of $437 thousand compared to net unrealized holding gains, net of tax, of $1.9 million at December 31, 2012.  There were no net unrealized holding gains or losses on cash flow hedging activities at the end of 2013 compared to $1.2 million net unrealized holding losses at the end of 2012. 
 
 
38

 
On January 9, 2009, as a requirement of its participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP CPP”) of the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”), the Company issued a common stock purchase warrant covering 172,970 shares of common stock (the “Warrant”) to the Treasury.  On November 16, 2011, the Company paid $25,000 to repurchase the Warrant from the Treasury.  The repurchase price was based on the fair market value of the Warrant as agreed on by the Company and the Treasury.  With the repurchase of the Warrant, the Company concluded its participation in the TARP CPP.
 
The following table compares the Company’s capital ratios to the minimum regulatory requirements as of December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
Minimum
Regulatory
Requirements
 
Tier 1 capital
 
$
72,370
 
 
$
97,049
 
 
$
106,276
 
 
 
Tier 2 capital
 
 
8,971
 
 
 
10,159
 
 
 
10,641
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital
 
 
81,341
 
 
 
107,208
 
 
 
116,917
 
 
 
Net risk-weighted assets
 
 
717,129
 
 
 
805,108
 
 
 
846,936
 
 
 
Adjusted average total assets
 
 
1,028,957
 
 
 
1,166,865
 
 
 
1,143,990
 
 
 
Risk-based capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1
 
 
10.09
%
 
 
12.05
%
 
 
12.55
%
4.0
%
Total capital
 
 
11.34
 
 
 
13.32
 
 
 
13.80
 
8.0
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
7.03
 
 
 
8.32
 
 
 
9.29
 
4.0
 
 
See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the regulatory capital positions of the Company and the Banks. 
 
In July 2013, U.S. federal banking agencies published the Basel III Capital Rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations.  The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 and will be fully phased in on January 1, 2019. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer,” (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0% (increased from 4.0%), plus the capital conservation buffer, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0% (unchanged from current rules), plus the capital conservation buffer and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from current rules), calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.  The Basel III Capital Rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital.  Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. 
 
The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.  The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period, increasing by that amount on each January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
 
The Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status and (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%).  The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.
 
Management believes that the Company will meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules when they become effective for the Company on January 1, 2015.  For additional information regarding the Basel III Capital Rules, see “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital Requirements.”
 
Asset Quality - Allowance for Credit Losses and Risk Management
Originating loans involves a degree of risk that credit losses will occur in varying amounts according to, among other factors, the types of loans being made, the credit-worthiness of the borrowers over the terms of the loans, the quality of the collateral for the loans, if any, as well as general economic conditions. Through the Company’s and Banks’ Asset/Liability Management Committees and the Company’s Audit Committee, the Board actively reviews critical risk positions, including credit, market, liquidity and operational risk.  The Company’s goal in managing risk is to reduce earnings volatility, control exposure to unnecessary risk, and ensure appropriate returns for risk assumed.  Senior members of management actively manage risk at the product level, supplemented with corporate level oversight through the Asset/Liability Management Committee and internal audit function.  The risk management structure is designed to identify risk issues through a systematic process, enabling timely and appropriate action to avoid and mitigate risk.
 
 
39

 
Credit risk is mitigated through loan portfolio diversification, limiting exposure to any single industry or customer, collateral protection, and prudent lending policies and underwriting criteria.  The following discussion provides information and statistics on the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio.  Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the accounting policies related to nonperforming loans (nonaccrual and delinquent 90 days or more), TDRs and loan charge-offs and describes the methodologies used to develop the allowance for credit losses, including the specific, formula and unallocated components (also discussed below).  Management believes the policies governing nonperforming loans, TDRs and charge-offs are consistent with regulatory standards.  The amount of the allowance for credit losses and the resulting provision are reviewed monthly by senior members of management and approved quarterly by the Board of Directors.
 
The allowance is increased by provisions for credit losses charged to expense and recoveries of loans previously charged off.  It is decreased by loans charged off in the current period.  Loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when considered uncollectible by management.  Provisions for credit losses are made to bring the allowance for credit losses within the range of balances that are considered appropriate. 
 
The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is determined based on management’s estimate of the inherent risks associated with lending activities, estimated fair value of collateral, past experience and present indicators such as loan delinquency trends, nonaccrual loans and current market conditions.  Management believes the current allowance is adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio; however, future changes in the composition of the loan portfolio and financial condition of borrowers may result in additions to the allowance.  Examination of the portfolio and allowance by various regulatory agencies and consultants engaged by the Company may result in the need for additional provisions based on information available at the time of the examination.  Each of the Banks maintains a separate allowance for credit losses, which is only available to absorb losses from their respective loan portfolios.  The allowance set by each of the Banks is subject to regulatory examination and determination as to its adequacy.
 
The allowance for credit losses is comprised of three parts:  (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the formula allowance; and (iii) the unallocated allowance. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans until charge offs are made.  Loans are considered impaired (i.e., nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs) when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the loan’s contractual terms.  The formula allowance is determined based on management’s assessment of industry trends and economic factors in the markets in which we operate.  The determination of the formula allowance involves a higher risk of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in our historical loss factors.  
 
The specific allowance is used to individually allocate an allowance to loans identified as impaired.  An impaired loan may involve deficiencies in the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral.  If it is determined that there is a loss associated with an impaired loan, a specific allowance is established until a charge off is made.  Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
 
The formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as impaired.  Loans are  grouped by type (construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial or consumer).  Each loan type is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, complexity and size of individual loans within a particular category.  Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard and doubtful are adversely rated.  These loans are assigned higher allowance factors than favorably rated loans due to management’s concerns regarding collectability or management’s knowledge of particular elements regarding the borrower. 
 
The unallocated allowance is used to estimate the loss on loans stemming from more global factors such as delinquencies, loss history, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, national and local economic trends, concentrations of credit, the quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements.
 
Because most of our loans are secured by real estate, the lack of a meaningful upturn in real estate related activities in our local real estate market and construction industry and slow improvement in general economic conditions have had a material adverse effect on the performance of our loan portfolio and the value of the collateral securing that portfolio since 2009.  Factors impeding our loan performance and overall financial performance included our levels of loan charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.  
 
As seen in the table below, the provision for credit losses was $27.8 million for 2013, similar to the $27.7 million for 2012.  The provision for credit losses was $19.5 million for 2011.  The level of provision for credit losses was primarily in response to loan charge-offs.  The provision for credit losses for 2013 included $19.6 million to replenish the allowance for the charge-off of real estate loans associated with the Asset Sale.  Net loan charge-offs totaled $33.1 million in 2013, $26.0 million in 2012 and $19.4 million in 2011.  Real estate loans were 98%, 77% and 83% of total loans charged off during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
40

 
The allowance for credit losses was $10.7 million, or 1.40% of average outstanding loans at December 31, 2013, compared to an allowance of $16.0 million, or 1.96% of average outstanding loans at December 31, 2012.  The lower allowance at the end of 2013 when compared to the end of 2012 reflected improved credit in the portfolio as a result of the Asset Sale.  At December 31, 2011, the allowance for credit losses was $14.3 million, or 1.64% of average outstanding loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 4.32% in 2013, 3.20% in 2012 and 2.22% in 2011.
 
Credit quality has been negatively impacted by poor economic conditions in the Company’s market.  Management has identified and quantified the Company’s problem loans and has focused its efforts on resolving or disposing of such loans to minimize losses.  The Asset Sale reflects management’s difficult but prudent decision to sell a significant amount of Talbot Bank’s problem loans, a portion of which had migrated from performing to non-performing status between the 3rd and 4th quarters of fiscal 2013, recognize the loss on such loans, reduce its risk-based assets and allow management to focus on returning to profitability.   Management expects to continue to work out of any remaining problem loans, many of which are performing TDRs, and to charge off nonperforming assets as rapidly as possible, to enable the Company to improve its overall credit quality and significantly reduce problem loans.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our loan loss experience for the years ended December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
 
2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
15,991
 
 
$
14,288
 
 
$
14,227
 
 
$
10,876
 
 
$
9,320
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
(20,695)
 
 
 
(7,826)
 
 
 
(4,236)
 
 
 
(7,910)
 
 
 
(674)
 
Residential real estate
 
 
(7,163)
 
 
 
(9,838)
 
 
 
(7,693)
 
 
 
(5,818)
 
 
 
(2,621)
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
(6,162)
 
 
 
(2,954)
 
 
 
(5,037)
 
 
 
(492)
 
 
 
(1,695)
 
Commercial
 
 
(665)
 
 
 
(5,451)
 
 
 
(3,388)
 
 
 
(3,710)
 
 
 
(2,304)
 
Consumer
 
 
(113)
 
 
 
(576)
 
 
 
(202)
 
 
 
(589)
 
 
 
(417)
 
Total
 
 
(34,798)
 
 
 
(26,645)
 
 
 
(20,556)
 
 
 
(18,519)
 
 
 
(7,711)
 
Recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
161
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
49
 
 
 
14
 
 
 
2
 
Residential real estate
 
 
545
 
 
 
102
 
 
 
120
 
 
 
215
 
 
 
70
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
161
 
 
 
166
 
 
 
361
 
 
 
108
 
 
 
6
 
Commercial
 
 
839
 
 
 
304
 
 
 
549
 
 
 
214
 
 
 
66
 
Consumer
 
 
42
 
 
 
25
 
 
 
68
 
 
 
200
 
 
 
137
 
Total
 
 
1,748
 
 
 
603
 
 
 
1,147
 
 
 
751
 
 
 
281
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loans charged off
 
 
(33,050)
 
 
 
(26,042)
 
 
 
(19,409)
 
 
 
(17,768)
 
 
 
(7,430)
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
27,784
 
 
 
27,745
 
 
 
19,470
 
 
 
21,119
 
 
 
8,986
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
10,725
 
 
$
15,991
 
 
$
14,288
 
 
$
14,227
 
 
$
10,876
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans outstanding
 
$
764,659
 
 
$
814,167
 
 
$
873,155
 
 
$
906,732
 
 
$
913,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of net charge-offs to
     average loans outstanding
     during the year
 
 
4.32
%
 
 
3.20
%
 
 
2.22
%
 
 
1.96
%
 
 
0.81
%
Percentage of allowance for
    credit losses at year end to
    average loans
 
 
1.40
%
 
 
1.96
%
 
 
1.64
%
 
 
1.57
%
 
 
1.19
%
 
 
41

 
During 2013, there was no significant change in the processes or assumptions affecting the allowance methodology.  Included in the balance of the allowance for credit losses were specific reserves of $783 thousand and $2.2 million primarily for real estate loans at the end of 2013 and 2012, respectively.  As seen in the table below, the unallocated portion of the allowance for credit losses was a fairly small amount of the total allowance at the end of 2013 ($373 thousand) and 2012 ($187 thousand).
 
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans for the years ended December 31.
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
 
% of
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
Construction
 
$
1,960
 
9.1
%
$
4,387
 
13.8
%
$
3,745
 
14.3
%
$
3,327
 
16.1
%
$
2,630
 
17.6
%
Residential real estate
 
 
3,854
 
38.6
 
 
5,194
 
36.7
 
 
5,014
 
38.2
 
 
4,833
 
37.3
 
 
1,528
 
35.8
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
3,029
 
42.8
 
 
4,134
 
40.1
 
 
3,415
 
37.5
 
 
3,665
 
35.6
 
 
3,947
 
34.5
 
Commercial
 
 
1,266
 
8.0
 
 
1,682
 
7.7
 
 
1,498
 
8.3
 
 
1,422
 
9.2
 
 
2,132
 
10.0
 
Consumer
 
 
243
 
1.5
 
 
407
 
1.7
 
 
594
 
1.7
 
 
637
 
1.8
 
 
515
 
2.1
 
Unallocated
 
 
373
 
-
 
 
187
 
-
 
 
22
 
-
 
 
343
 
-
 
 
124
 
-
 
Total
 
$
10,725
 
100.0
%
$
15,991
 
100.0
%
$
14,288
 
100.0
%
$
14,227
 
100.0
%
$
10,876
 
100.0
%
 
At December 31, 2013, nonperforming assets, excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale, were $18.7 million, a decrease of $25.9 million, or 58.1%, when compared to December 31, 2012.  Similarly, accruing TDRs were $26.1 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $26.3 million, or 50.2%, when compared to December 31, 2012.  At December 31, 2013, the ratio of nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale to total assets was 1.39%, improving from 3.08% at December 31, 2012.  Likewise, the ratio of accruing TDRs to total assets at December 31, 2013 was 2.47%, decreasing from 4.41% at December 31, 2012. When comparing December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2012, the positive trend in nonperforming assets and TDRs, as well as the corresponding asset quality ratios, was mainly accomplished with the Asset Sale. 
 
The Company continues to focus on the resolution of its nonperforming and problem loans.  The efforts to accomplish this goal include frequently contacting borrowers until the delinquency is cured or until an acceptable payment plan has been agreed upon;  obtaining updated appraisals;  provisioning for credit losses;  charging off loans;  transferring loans to other real estate owned;  aggressively marketing other real estate owned;  and selling loans.  The reduction of nonperforming and problem loans is and will continue to be a high priority for the Company.
 
 
42

 
The following table summarizes our nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs as of December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
 
2009
 
Nonperforming assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale (“hfs”)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
3,949
 
 
$
9,694
 
 
$
15,555
 
 
$
17,261
 
 
$
7,163
 
Residential real estate
 
 
5,166
 
 
 
11,532
 
 
 
20,106
 
 
 
9,969
 
 
 
4,246
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
4,671
 
 
 
14,567
 
 
 
14,012
 
 
 
5,133
 
 
 
2,828
 
Commercial
 
 
792
 
 
 
594
 
 
 
1,669
 
 
 
3,845
 
 
 
2,028
 
Consumer
 
 
48
 
 
 
87
 
 
 
28
 
 
 
30
 
 
 
37
 
Total nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
14,626
 
 
 
36,474
 
 
 
51,370
 
 
 
36,238
 
 
 
16,302
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
325
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
5,096
 
Residential real estate
 
 
20
 
 
 
290
 
 
 
2,331
 
 
 
3,454
 
 
 
2,274
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
-
 
 
 
165
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
986
 
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
 
250
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
66
 
 
 
174
 
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
 
-
 
 
 
5
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
88
 
 
 
55
 
Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
 
 
270
 
 
 
460
 
 
 
2,723
 
 
 
4,702
 
 
 
7,425
 
Other real estate owned
 
 
3,779
 
 
 
7,659
 
 
 
9,385
 
 
 
3,702
 
 
 
2,572
 
Total nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
18,675
 
 
 
44,593
 
 
 
63,478
 
 
 
44,642
 
 
 
26,299
 
Nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
3,521
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
Total nonperforming assets including nonaccrual loans hfs
 
$
22,196
 
 
$
44,593
 
 
$
63,478
 
 
$
44,642
 
 
$
26,299
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
1,620
 
 
$
27,335
 
 
$
11,781
 
 
$
10,914
 
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
 
14,582
 
 
 
7,017
 
 
 
3,792
 
 
 
5,367
 
 
 
1,722
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
9,791
 
 
 
17,880
 
 
 
9,566
 
 
 
8,147
 
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
 
95
 
 
 
121
 
 
 
69
 
 
 
529
 
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
Total accruing TDRs
 
$
26,088
 
 
$
52,353
 
 
$
25,208
 
 
$
24,957
 
 
$
1,722
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percent of total loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
2.05
%
 
 
4.65
%
 
 
6.11
%
 
 
4.05
%
 
 
1.78
%
Accruing TDRs
 
 
3.66
%
 
 
6.67
%
 
 
3.00
%
 
 
2.79
%
 
 
0.19
%
Nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual
     loans hfs
 
 
5.71
%
 
 
11.32
%
 
 
9.11
%
 
 
6.84
%
 
 
1.97
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percent of total loans and other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
2.61
%
 
 
5.63
%
 
 
7.46
%
 
 
4.97
%
 
 
2.86
%
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
6.25
%
 
 
12.23
%
 
 
10.43
%
 
 
7.74
%
 
 
3.05
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percent of total assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
1.39
%
 
 
3.08
%
 
 
4.44
%
 
 
3.21
%
 
 
1.41
%
Nonaccrual loans including nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
1.72
%
 
 
3.08
%
 
 
4.44
%
 
 
3.21
%
 
 
1.41
%
Nonperforming assets excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
1.77
%
 
 
3.76
%
 
 
5.48
%
 
 
3.95
%
 
 
2.27
%
Nonperforming assets including nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
2.11
%
 
 
3.76
%
 
 
5.48
%
 
 
3.95
%
 
 
2.27
%
Accruing TDRs
 
 
2.47
%
 
 
4.41
%
 
 
2.18
%
 
 
2.21
%
 
 
0.15
%
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs excluding nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
4.25
%
 
 
8.18
%
 
 
7.66
%
 
 
6.16
%
 
 
2.42
%
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs including nonaccrual loans hfs
 
 
4.58
%
 
 
8.18
%
 
 
7.66
%
 
 
6.16
%
 
 
2.42
%
 
 
43

 
Market Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity pricing.  Our principal market risk is interest rate risk that arises from our lending, investing and deposit taking activities.  Our results of operations are driven by the Banks’ net interest income.  Interest rate risk can significantly affect net interest income to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different intervals than interest-earning assets.  The Company’s and Banks’ Asset/Liability Management Committees oversee the management of interest rate risk.  The primary purpose of these committees is to manage the exposure of net interest margins to unexpected changes due to interest rate fluctuations.  These efforts affect our loan pricing and deposit rate policies as well as asset mix, volume guidelines, and liquidity and capital planning.
 
Because we are not exposed to market risk from trading activities and do not use off-balance sheet management strategies, the Asset/Liability Management Committees of the Company and Banks rely on “gap” analysis as a tool in managing interest rate risk.  Gap analysis summarizes the amount of interest sensitive assets and liabilities, which will reprice over various time intervals.  The excess between the volume of assets and liabilities repricing in each interval is the interest sensitivity “gap”.  “Positive gap” occurs when more assets reprice in a given time interval, while “negative gap” occurs when more liabilities reprice.  During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to decrease net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to increase net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to increase net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to decrease net interest income.  At December 31, 2013, as shown in the table below, we had an overall negative gap position within the one-year repricing interval because the interest sensitive liabilities exceeded the interest sensitive assets within the one-year repricing interval by $86.2 million, or 8.2% of total assets.  The negative gap position within the one-year interval at December 31, 2012 totaled $104.2 million, or 8.8% of total assets.  The $18.0 million decrease in the one-year negative gap for 2013 when compared to 2012 was primarily due to the decline in loans ($68.5 million) and interest-bearing deposits with other banks ($55.5 million), which was more than offset by the decline in deposits ($138.8 million), primarily money market and savings, and time.
 
The following table summarizes our interest sensitivity at December 31, 2013.  Loans, federal funds sold, time deposits and short-term borrowings are classified based on contractual maturities if fixed rate or earliest repricing date if variable rate.  Investment securities are classified by contractual maturities or, if they have call provisions, by the most likely repricing date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 Months
 
 
1 Year
 
 
3 Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within
 
 
through
 
 
through
 
 
through
 
 
After
 
 
Sensitive
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
3 Months
 
 
12 Months
 
 
3 Years
 
 
5 Years
 
 
5 Years
 
 
Funds
 
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net
 
$
270,790
 
 
$
86,976
 
 
$
157,935
 
 
$
159,842
 
 
$
36,376
 
 
$
(10,725)
 
 
$
701,194
 
Loans held for sale
 
 
3,521
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
3,521
 
Investment securities
 
 
16,425
 
 
 
9,100
 
 
 
47,539
 
 
 
54,250
 
 
 
24,371
 
 
 
601
 
 
 
152,286
 
Federal funds sold
 
 
468
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
468
 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
 
 
109,384
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
109,384
 
Other assets
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
87,271
 
 
 
87,271
 
Total assets
 
 
400,588
 
 
 
96,076
 
 
 
205,474
 
 
 
214,092
 
 
 
60,747
 
 
 
77,147
 
 
 
1,054,124
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
172,797
 
 
 
172,797
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
 
 
177,121
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
177,121
 
Money market and savings deposits
 
 
210,746
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
210,746
 
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 or more
 
 
39,878
 
 
 
51,393
 
 
 
63,909
 
 
 
29,861
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
185,041
 
Other time deposits
 
 
23,211
 
 
 
70,354
 
 
 
57,494
 
 
 
36,704
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
187,763
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
10,140
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
10,140
 
Other liabilities
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
7,217
 
 
 
7,217
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
103,299
 
 
 
103,299
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
461,096
 
 
 
121,747
 
 
 
121,403
 
 
 
66,565
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
283,313
 
 
 
1,054,124
 
Excess (deficit)
 
$
(60,508)
 
 
$
(25,671)
 
 
$
84,071
 
 
$
147,527
 
 
$
60,747
 
 
$
(206,166)
 
 
$
-
 
Cumulative excess (deficit)
 
$
(60,508)
 
 
$
(86,179)
 
 
$
(2,108)
 
 
$
145,419
 
 
$
206,166
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
-
 
Cumulative excess (deficit) as percent of total
    assets
 
 
(5.7)
%
 
 
(8.2)
%
 
 
(0.2)
%
 
 
13.8
%
 
 
19.6
%
 
 
-
%
 
 
-
%
 
 
44

 
In addition to gap analysis, the Banks use simulation models to quantify the effect a hypothetical immediate plus or minus 100, 200 and 300 basis point change in rates would have on their net interest income and the fair value of capital.  The model takes into consideration the effect of call features of investment securities as well as prepayments of loans in periods of declining rates.  The chart below summarizes the forecasted results provided by the simulation model for net interest income and the fair value of capital as of year-end 2013 and 2012.  For example, the model projects that, compared with net interest income under stable rates, net interest income would increase 2.5% if interest rates increased 100 basis points.  Conversely, net interest income would decrease 4.8% if interest rates decreased 100 basis points.  When actual changes in interest rates occur, the changes in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may differ from the assumptions used in the model.  Due to the low interest-rate environment, we believe the results of the minus 300 basis point change in rates are not meaningful.
 
 
 
Immediate Change in Rates
 
 
 
-300
 
-200
 
-100
 
+100
 
+200
 
+300
 
 
 
Basis Points
 
Basis Points
 
Basis Points
 
Basis Points
 
Basis Points
 
Basis Points
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
% Change in Net Interest Income
 
N/A
 
(12.1)
%
(4.8)
%
2.5
%
4.0
%
5.1
%
% Change in Value of Capital
 
N/A
 
(2.3)
%
(5.7)
%
9.4
%
18.6
%
26.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
% Change in Net Interest Income
 
N/A
 
(7.8)
%
(3.0)
%
3.8
%
8.3
%
13.4
%
% Change in Value of Capital
 
N/A
 
14.0
%
7.2
%
0.3
%
5.7
%
10.4
%
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Banks are parties to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  The Banks’ exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments.  The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they use for on-balance sheet instruments.  The Banks generally require collateral or other security to support the financial instruments with credit risk.  The amount of collateral or other security is determined based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  The Banks evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Letters of credit and other commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Further information about these arrangements is provided in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Management does not believe that any of the foregoing arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors. 
 
Liquidity Management
Liquidity describes our ability to meet financial obligations that arise during the normal course of business.  Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of customers and to fund current and planned expenditures.  Liquidity is derived through increased customer deposits, maturities in the investment portfolio, loan repayments and income from earning assets.  To the extent that deposits are not adequate to fund customer loan demand, liquidity needs can be met in the short-term funds markets.  We have arrangements with correspondent banks whereby we have $15.5 million available in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available to meet any short-term needs which may not otherwise be funded by the Banks’ portfolio of readily marketable investments that can be converted to cash.  The Banks are also members of the FHLB, which provides another source of liquidity, and had credit availability of approximately $46.9 million from the FHLB as of December 31, 2013. 
 
At December 31, 2013, our loan to deposit ratio was approximately 76.3%, which represents a less liquid position than the 74.8% at year-end 2012.  Investment securities available for sale totaling $147.1 million at the end of 2013 were available for the management of liquidity and interest rate risk.  The comparable amount was $145.5 million at December 31, 2012.  Cash and cash equivalents were $131.1 million at December 31, 2013, a decline of $69.1 million, or 34.5%, compared to the $200.2 million at year-end 2012, which reflects management’s efforts to reduce excess liquidity.  Management is not aware of any demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will materially affect our ability to maintain liquidity at satisfactory levels.
 
 
45

 
We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments, that may require future cash payments. The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date as of December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
Within
 
One to
 
Three to
 
Over
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
one year
 
three years
 
five years
 
five years
 
Total
 
Operating leases
 
$
617
 
$
511
 
$
505
 
$
883
 
$
2,516
 
Purchase obligations
 
 
2,021
 
 
3,633
 
 
3,211
 
 
2,792
 
 
11,657
 
Total
 
$
2,638
 
$
4,144
 
$
3,716
 
$
3,675
 
$
14,173
 
 
Item 7A.        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
 
The information required by this item may be found in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report under the caption “Market Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity”, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
47
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
48
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
49
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
50
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
51
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
52
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
53
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
55
 
 
46

 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management.
 
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  This internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.  The system of internal control over financial reporting is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audit with actions taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified.  Because of inherent limitations in any internal control system, no matter how well designed, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls.  Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.  Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based upon criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 COSO Framework).
 
Based on this assessment and on the foregoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.  Stegman & Company, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on the following page.
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.
 
/s/ George S. Rapp
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.
 
George S. Rapp
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
47

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Shore Bancshares, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013.  We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 COSO Framework).  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shore Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, Shore Bancshares, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 COSO Framework).
 
 
 
Baltimore, Maryland
March 20, 2014
 
 
48

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(In thousands, except share data)
 
2013
 
2012
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
$
21,238
 
$
26,579
 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
 
 
109,384
 
 
164,864
 
Federal funds sold
 
 
468
 
 
8,750
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale, at fair value
 
 
147,101
 
 
145,508
 
Held to maturity, at amortized cost – fair value of $5,062
     (2013) and $2,884 (2012)
 
 
5,185
 
 
2,657
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale
 
 
3,521
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
 
711,919
 
 
785,082
 
Less: allowance for credit losses
 
 
(10,725)
 
 
(15,991)
 
Loans, net
 
 
701,194
 
 
769,091
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premises and equipment, net
 
 
15,198
 
 
15,593
 
Goodwill
 
 
12,454
 
 
12,454
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
 
3,520
 
 
3,816
 
Other real estate owned, net
 
 
3,779
 
 
7,659
 
Other assets
 
 
31,082
 
 
28,836
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,054,124
 
$
1,185,807
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
 
$
172,797
 
$
153,992
 
Interest-bearing
 
 
760,671
 
 
895,281
 
Total deposits
 
 
933,468
 
 
1,049,273
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
10,140
 
 
13,761
 
Other liabilities
 
 
7,217
 
 
8,747
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
 
950,825
 
 
1,071,781
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, par value $.01, authorized 35,000,000 shares;
     shares issued and outstanding–8,471,289 (2013) and
     8,457,359 (2012)
 
 
85
 
 
85
 
Additional paid in capital
 
 
32,207
 
 
32,155
 
Retained earnings
 
 
71,444
 
 
81,078
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
 
 
(437)
 
 
708
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
 
103,299
 
 
114,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
1,054,124
 
$
1,185,807
 
 
The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
 
 
49

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
 
$
39,058
 
$
42,698
 
$
47,549
 
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
 
 
2,072
 
 
2,815
 
 
3,031
 
Tax-exempt
 
 
17
 
 
104
 
 
154
 
Interest on federal funds sold
 
 
4
 
 
10
 
 
25
 
Interest on deposits with other banks
 
 
200
 
 
274
 
 
93
 
Total interest income
 
 
41,351
 
 
45,901
 
 
50,852
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on deposits
 
 
6,448
 
 
10,501
 
 
10,995
 
Interest on short-term borrowings
 
 
27
 
 
45
 
 
56
 
Interest on long-term debt
 
 
-
 
 
16
 
 
37
 
Total interest expense
 
 
6,475
 
 
10,562
 
 
11,088
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
 
 
34,876
 
 
35,339
 
 
39,764
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
27,784
 
 
27,745
 
 
19,470
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
 
7,092
 
 
7,594
 
 
20,294
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
 
 
2,371
 
 
2,551
 
 
2,845
 
Trust and investment fee income
 
 
1,613
 
 
1,644
 
 
1,563
 
Gains on sales of investment securities
 
 
913
 
 
278
 
 
563
 
Insurance agency commissions income
 
 
10,647
 
 
9,814
 
 
9,358
 
Loss on termination of cash flow hedge
 
 
(1,306)
 
 
(1,339)
 
 
-
 
Other noninterest income
 
 
3,221
 
 
2,810
 
 
2,989
 
Total noninterest income
 
 
17,459
 
 
15,758
 
 
17,318
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and wages
 
 
17,346
 
 
17,418
 
 
16,825
 
Employee benefits
 
 
4,094
 
 
3,994
 
 
3,840
 
Occupancy expense
 
 
2,344
 
 
2,559
 
 
2,312
 
Furniture and equipment expense
 
 
1,020
 
 
963
 
 
1,059
 
Data processing
 
 
2,900
 
 
2,717
 
 
2,852
 
Directors’ fees
 
 
354
 
 
474
 
 
500
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,344
 
Amortization of other intangible assets
 
 
296
 
 
392
 
 
512
 
Insurance agency commissions expense
 
 
1,798
 
 
1,391
 
 
1,267
 
FDIC insurance premium expense
 
 
1,813
 
 
1,380
 
 
1,298
 
Write-downs of other real estate owned
 
 
1,318
 
 
1,328
 
 
1,051
 
Other noninterest expenses
 
 
7,403
 
 
6,939
 
 
6,307
 
Total noninterest expense
 
 
40,686
 
 
39,555
 
 
39,167
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT
 
 
(16,135)
 
 
(16,203)
 
 
(1,555)
 
Income tax benefit
 
 
(6,501)
 
 
(6,565)
 
 
(658)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET LOSS
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic loss per common share
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(0.11)
 
Diluted loss per common share
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(0.11)
 
Cash dividends paid per common share
 
$
-
 
$
0.01
 
$
0.09
 
 
The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
 
 
50

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
For the Years Ending December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
 
 
(2,995)
 
 
1,155
 
 
1,241
 
Tax effect
 
 
1,209
 
 
(465)
 
 
(505)
 
Reclassification of gains recognized in net loss
 
 
(913)
 
 
(278)
 
 
(563)
 
Tax effect
 
 
368
 
 
112
 
 
227
 
Net of tax amount
 
 
(2,331)
 
 
524
 
 
400
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedging activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedging activities
 
 
681
 
 
1,801
 
 
(460)
 
Tax effect
 
 
(274)
 
 
(727)
 
 
185
 
Reclassification of losses recognized in net loss
 
 
1,306
 
 
1,339
 
 
-
 
Tax effect
 
 
(527)
 
 
(540)
 
 
-
 
Net of tax amount
 
 
1,186
 
 
1,873
 
 
(275)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
 
 
(1,145)
 
 
2,397
 
 
125
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
 
$
(10,779)
 
$
(7,241)
 
$
(772)
 
 
The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
 
 
51

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
Common 
Stock
 
Warrant
 
Additional 
Paid In 
Capital
 
Retained 
Earnings
 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)
 
Total 
Stockholders’
Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, January 1, 2011
 
$
84
 
$
1,543
 
$
30,242
 
$
92,458
 
$
(1,814)
 
$
122,513
 
Comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(897)
 
 
-
 
 
(897)
 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
     securities, net of reclassification
     adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
400
 
 
400
 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedging
     activities, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(275)
 
 
(275)
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(772)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of warrant
 
 
-
 
 
(1,543)
 
 
1,518
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(25)
 
Shares issued for employee stock-based
     awards
 
 
1
 
 
-
 
 
(1)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
293
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
293
 
Cash dividends paid ($0.09 per share)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(760)
 
 
-
 
 
(760)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, December 31, 2011
 
 
85
 
 
-
 
 
32,052
 
 
90,801
 
 
(1,689)
 
 
121,249
 
Comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(9,638)
 
 
-
 
 
(9,638)
 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
     securities, net of reclassification
     adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
524
 
 
524
 
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedging
     activities, net of reclassification
     adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,873
 
 
1,873
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,241)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
103
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
103
 
Cash dividends paid ($0.01 per share)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(85)
 
 
-
 
 
(85)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, December 31, 2012
 
 
85
 
 
-
 
 
32,155
 
 
81,078
 
 
708
 
 
114,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(9,634)
 
 
-
 
 
(9,634)
 
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
     securities, net of reclassification
     adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(2,331)
 
 
(2,331)
 
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedging
     activities, net of reclassification
     adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,186
 
 
1,186
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10,779)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
52
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
52
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, December 31, 2013
 
$
85
 
$
-
 
$
32,207
 
$
71,444
 
$
(437)
 
$
103,299
 
 
The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
 
 
52

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
27,784
 
 
27,745
 
 
19,470
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,344
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
 
2,392
 
 
2,648
 
 
2,341
 
Discount accretion on debt securities
 
 
(43)
 
 
(70)
 
 
(156)
 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
78
 
 
209
 
 
338
 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements
 
 
(26)
 
 
(106)
 
 
(45)
 
Deferred income tax benefit
 
 
(6,132)
 
 
(4,768)
 
 
(1,550)
 
Gains on sales of investment securities
 
 
(913)
 
 
(278)
 
 
(563)
 
(Gains) losses on disposals of premises and equipment
 
 
-
 
 
(192)
 
 
36
 
Losses on sales and write-downs of other real estate owned
 
 
1,669
 
 
2,015
 
 
1,222
 
Loss on termination of cash flow hedge
 
 
1,306
 
 
1,339
 
 
-
 
Net changes in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued interest receivable
 
 
235
 
 
1,137
 
 
1,127
 
Other assets
 
 
4,703
 
 
1,351
 
 
1,813
 
Accrued interest payable
 
 
(114)
 
 
(230)
 
 
(291)
 
Other liabilities
 
 
(1,458)
 
 
224
 
 
(2,265)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
 
19,847
 
 
21,386
 
 
21,924
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities
     available for sale
 
 
38,512
 
 
47,854
 
 
53,343
 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
 
 
40,351
 
 
6,275
 
 
20,825
 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
 
 
(87,243)
 
 
(69,491)
 
 
(104,305)
 
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities
     held to maturity
 
 
439
 
 
3,810
 
 
226
 
Net change in loans
 
 
12,957
 
 
23,896
 
 
24,233
 
Proceeds from sale of loans
 
 
20,565
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
 
 
(545)
 
 
(2,202)
 
 
(1,216)
 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
 
 
4
 
 
317
 
 
4
 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
 
 
5,325
 
 
5,742
 
 
3,807
 
Return of investment (investment in) unconsolidated subsidiary
 
 
85
 
 
-
 
 
(25)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 
 
30,450
 
 
16,201
 
 
(3,108)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net changes in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 
 
18,805
 
 
20,191
 
 
9,613
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
 
(134,610)
 
 
19,163
 
 
20,790
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
(3,621)
 
 
(4,056)
 
 
1,776
 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements
 
 
26
 
 
106
 
 
45
 
Repayment of long-term debt
 
 
-
 
 
(455)
 
 
(477)
 
Repurchase of warrant
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(25)
 
Common stock dividends paid
 
 
-
 
 
(85)
 
 
(760)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
 
(119,400)
 
 
34,864
 
 
30,962
 
 
 
53

 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
(69,103)
 
 
72,451
 
 
49,778
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
 
 
200,193
 
 
127,742
 
 
77,964
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
 
$
131,090
 
$
200,193
 
$
127,742
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
 
$
6,589
 
$
10,792
 
$
11,379
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes paid
 
$
265
 
$
163
 
$
2,062
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers from loans to other real estate owned
 
$
3,071
 
$
6,031
 
$
10,712
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers from loans to loans held for sale
 
$
23,635
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
 
The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
 
 
54

 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
 
NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to in these Notes as the “Company”), with all significant intercompany transactions eliminated. The investments in subsidiaries are recorded on the Company’s books (Parent only) on the basis of its equity in the net assets of the subsidiaries. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). For purposes of comparability, certain reclassifications have been made to amounts previously reported to conform with the current period presentation.
 
Nature of Operations
The Company engages in the banking business through CNB, a Maryland commercial bank with trust powers, and The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland, a Maryland commercial bank (“Talbot Bank”). Through December 31, 2010, the Company also engaged in the banking business through The Felton Bank, a Delaware commercial bank (“Felton Bank” and, together with CNB and Talbot Bank, the “Banks”), which was merged into CNB on January 1, 2011. The Company’s primary source of revenue is interest earned on commercial, real estate and consumer loans made to customers located on the Delmarva Peninsula. The Company engages in the insurance business through two general insurance producer firms, The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, and Elliott Wilson Insurance, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; one marine insurance producer firm, Jack Martin & Associates, Inc., a Maryland corporation; three wholesale insurance firms, Tri-State General Insurance Agency, LTD, a Maryland corporation, Tri-State General Insurance Agency of New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, and Tri-State General Insurance Agency of Virginia, Inc., a Virginia corporation (collectively, “TSGIA”); and an insurance premium finance company, Mubell Finance, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company (all of the foregoing insurance entities are collectively referred to as the “Insurance Subsidiaries”).
 
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
The allowance for credit losses is a material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term. Management believes that the Company’s current allowance for credit losses is sufficient to address the probable losses in the current portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
Investment Securities Available for Sale
Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted prices. They represent those securities which management may sell as part of its asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response to changing interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other similar factors. The cost of securities sold is determined by the specific identification method. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Net unrealized holding gains and losses on these securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of related income taxes. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value and are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Factors affecting the determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost.
 
 
55

 
Investment Securities Held to Maturity
Investment securities held to maturity are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. The Company intends and has the ability to hold such securities until maturity. Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity securities below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost.
 
Loans
Loans are stated at their principal amount outstanding net of any deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate based on the principal amount outstanding. Fees charged and costs capitalized for originating loans are being amortized substantially on the interest method over the term of the loan. A loan is placed on nonaccrual (i.e., interest income is no longer accrued) when it is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
 
A loan is considered impaired if it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the loan’s contractual terms. An impaired loan may show deficiencies in the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral. The impairment of a loan is measured at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Company measures impairment on such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral. Once the amount of impairment has been determined, the uncollectible portion is charged off. Income on impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis, and payments are first applied against the principal balance outstanding (i.e., placing impaired loans on nonaccrual status). Generally, interest income is not recognized on impaired loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote. The allowance for credit losses may include specific reserves related to impaired loans. Specific reserves remain until charge offs are made. Impaired loans do not include groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as residential mortgage and consumer installment loans that are evaluated collectively for impairment. Reserves for probable credit losses related to these loans are based on historical loss ratios and are included in the formula portion of the allowance for credit losses. See additional discussion below under the section, “Allowance for Credit Losses”.
 
A loan is considered a TDR if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. All loans designated as TDRs are considered impaired loans and may be on either accrual or nonaccrual status. The Company does not participate in any specific government or Company sponsored loan modification programs. All TDR loan agreements are contracts negotiated with each of the borrowers.
 
On October 28, 2013, Talbot Bank entered into agreements to sell assets with an aggregate book value of $45.0 million for a price of $25.2 million. The assets consisted of $11.1 million of nonaccrual loans, $30.4 million of accruing TDRs, $1.8 million of adversely classified performing loans and $1.7 million of other real estate owned. The execution of these agreements was consummated in the fourth quarter of 2013.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of individual problem loans and actual loss experience, current economic events in specific industries and geographical areas, including unemployment levels, and other pertinent factors, including regulatory guidance and general economic conditions and other observable data. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows or collateral value of impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans that are based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loans, or portions thereof, that are considered uncollectible are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary.
 
 
56

 
The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principles of accounting: (i) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, “Contingencies”, which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and estimable; and (ii) ASC Topic 310, “Receivables,” which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the loan balance and the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market. Management uses many factors to estimate the inherent loss that may be present in our loan portfolio, including economic conditions and trends, the value and adequacy of collateral, the volume and mix of the loan portfolio, and our internal loan processes. Actual losses could differ significantly from management’s estimates. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another. Although the economics of transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact the transactions could change.
 
The allowance for credit losses is comprised of three parts: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the formula allowance; and (iii) the unallocated allowance. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans (i.e., nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs) until charge offs are made. The formula allowance, described below, is determined based on management’s assessment of industry trends and economic factors in the markets in which we operate. The determination of the formula allowance involves a higher risk of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in our historical loss factors. The unallocated allowance captures losses that have impacted the portfolio but have yet to be recognized in either the specific or formula allowance.
 
The formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as impaired. Loans are grouped by type (construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial or consumer). Each loan type is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, complexity and size of individual loans within a particular category. Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard and doubtful are adversely rated. These loans are assigned higher allowance factors than favorably rated loans due to management’s concerns regarding collectability or management’s knowledge of particular elements regarding the borrower. A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that could result in a future loss to the Company if the weaknesses are realized. A substandard loan has certain deficiencies that could result in a future loss to the Company if these deficiencies are not corrected. A doubtful loan has enough risk that there is a high probability that the Company will sustain a loss.
 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from three to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment; three to five years for computer hardware and data handling equipment; and 10 to 40 years for buildings and building improvements. Land improvements are amortized over a period of 15 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the respective lease. Sale-leaseback transactions are considered normal leasebacks and any realized gains are deferred and amortized to other income on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements which extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset.
 
Long-lived assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, the Company recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment, usually during the third quarter, or on an interim basis if circumstances dictate. Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing. The Company’s other intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over varying periods not exceeding 21 years.
 
Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were identified based on an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write down the related goodwill or purchased intangibles to record an impairment loss.
 
 
57

 
During the third quarter of 2013 and 2012, goodwill and other intangible assets were subjected to the annual assessment for impairment. As a result of the assessment, it was determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair values of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying amounts so no impairment was recorded. During the third quarter of 2011, when goodwill and other intangible assets were assessed for impairment, it was determined that goodwill and other intangible assets were impaired in our Insurance Products and Services segment, primarily relating to the Company’s retail insurance business. The Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $1.2 million and other intangible assets impairment charges of $120 thousand reflected in noninterest expense.
 
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned represents assets acquired in satisfaction of loans either by foreclosure or deeds taken in lieu of foreclosure. Properties acquired are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of acquisition with any deficiency charged to the allowance for credit losses. Thereafter, costs incurred to operate or carry the properties as well as reductions in value as determined by periodic appraisals are charged to operating expense. Gains and losses resulting from the final disposition of the properties are included in noninterest income.
 
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of repurchase agreements. The repurchase agreements are securities sold to the Company’s customers, at the customers’ request, under a continuing “roll-over” contract that matures in one business day. The underlying securities sold are U.S. Government agency securities, which are segregated from the Company’s other investment securities by its safekeeping agents.
 
Income Taxes
Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with required accounting guidance. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the applicable federal and state income tax rates to cumulative temporary differences. These temporary differences represent differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of certain assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes result from such temporary differences.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income, recoverable taxes paid in prior years and tax planning strategies. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company remains subject to examination for income tax returns ending after December 31, 2010.
 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and does not include the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. There is no dilutive effect on the loss per share during loss periods.
 

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Statement of Cash Flows
Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold are considered “cash and cash equivalents” for financial reporting purposes.
 
 
58

 
Stock-Based Compensation
Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation requires that expense relating to such transactions be recognized as compensation cost in the income statement. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards and is based on the grant date fair value. See Note 12 for a further discussion.
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Under accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities, all derivatives are recorded as other assets or other liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. When the purpose of a derivative is to hedge the variability of a floating rate asset or liability, the derivative is considered a “cash flow” hedge. To account for the effective portion of a cash flow hedge, unrealized gains and losses due to changes in the fair value of the derivative designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income. Ineffectiveness resulting from differences between the cash flows of the hedged item and changes in fair value of the derivative is recognized as other noninterest income. The net interest settlement on a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is treated as an adjustment of the interest income or interest expense of the hedged asset or liability.
 
Fair Value
The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities and interest rate caps. Impaired loans and other real estate owned are significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See Note 19 for a further discussion of fair value.
 
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of approximately $848 thousand, $338 thousand and $296 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
59

 
Recent Accounting Standards
 
Accounting Standards Update(“ASU”) 2012-02, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350) – Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." ASU 2012-02 gives entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity must perform the quantitative impairment test. If, under the quantitative impairment test, the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an entity should recognize an impairment loss in the amount of that excess. Permitting an entity to assess qualitative factors when testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment results in guidance that is similar to the goodwill impairment testing guidance in ASU 2011-08. ASU 2012-02 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2013 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
ASU 2013-04, “Liabilities (ASC Topic 405) - Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” ASU 2013-04 provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date. This guidance requires an entity to measure the obligation as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors, and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This guidance also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations. ASU 2013-04 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Regulatory Enforcement Actions
Talbot Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order (the “Consent Agreement”) with the FDIC, a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order (the “Maryland Consent Agreement” and together with the Consent Agreement, the “Consent Agreements”) with the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation (the “Commissioner”) and an Acknowledgement of Adoption of the Order by the Commissioner (the “Acknowledgement”). The FDIC and the Commissioner issued the related Consent Order (the “Order”), effective May 24, 2013. The description of the Consent Agreements, the Order and the Acknowledgement along with Talbot Bank’s progress with the requirements, are set forth below.
 
Management. Talbot Bank is required to have and retain experienced, qualified management, and to assess management’s ability to (1) comply with the requirements of the Order; (2) operate Talbot Bank in a safe and sound manner; (3) comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations; and (4) restore all aspects of Talbot Bank to a safe and sound condition, including capital adequacy, asset quality, and management effectiveness. Talbot Bank has implemented certain changes to comply with the Order which include expanding our credit administration and loan workout units with the addition of experienced new staff members, in an effort to accelerate the resolution of our credit issues and position Talbot Bank for future growth. Additionally, Talbot Bank is conducting a search for a chief financial officer.
 
Board Participation. Talbot Bank’s board of directors is required to increase its participation in the affairs of Talbot Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all Talbot Bank activities. This participation shall include comprehensive, documented meetings to be held no less frequently than monthly. The board of directors must also develop a program to monitor Talbot Bank’s compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has completed a plan to increase the participation of its board of directors which includes increasing the frequency of board meetings from monthly to biweekly and establishing a risk management committee of the board.
 
Loss Charge-Offs. The Order requires that Talbot Bank eliminate from its books, by charge-off or collection, all assets or portions of assets classified “Loss” by the FDIC or the Commissioner. Talbot Bank has eliminated from its books all such classified assets.
 
Classified Assets Reduction. Within 60 days of the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank will submit a Classified Asset Plan to the FDIC and Commissioner to reduce the risk position in each asset in excess of $750,000 which is classified “Substandard” and “Doubtful” by the FDIC or Commissioner. Talbot Bank revised its existing Classified Asset Plan to address the terms of the Order and submitted the updated plan to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the Order.
 
 
60

 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. Within 60 days of the effective date of the Order, the board of directors must review the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “ALLL”), establish a policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL and submit such ALLL policy to the FDIC and Commissioner.  Talbot Bank amended its ALLL policy to comply with the terms of the Order and submitted the updated policy to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the Order.
 
Loan Policy. Within 60 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank must (i) review its loan policies and procedures (“Loan Policy”) for adequacy, (ii) make all appropriate revisions to the Loan Policy to address the lending deficiencies identified by the FDIC, and (iii) submit the Loan Policy to the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank completed its review of and made the required revisions to the Loan Policy. The updated Loan Policy was submitted to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the terms of the Order.
 
Loan Review Program. Within 30 days from the effective date of the Order, the Board must establish a program of independent loan review that will provide for a periodic review of Talbot Bank’s loan portfolio and the identification and categorization of problem credits (the “Loan Review Program”) and submit the Loan Review Program to the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank enhanced its existing Loan Review Program and submitted it to the FDIC and Commissioner in accordance with the terms of the Order.
 
Capital Requirements. Within 90 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank must meet and maintain the following minimum capital levels, after establishing an appropriate ALLL, (i) a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets) of at least 8%, and (ii) a total risk-based capital ratio (the ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 12%. As of December 31, 2013, the leverage ratio and total risk-based capital ratio were 4.98% and 8.17%, respectively, for Talbot Bank. Per the Order, Talbot Bank submitted a written plan to the FDIC and Commissioner describing the means and timing by which it will increase its capital ratios up to or in excess of the required minimums including earnings from operations, capital infusions from the Company and other capital raising alternatives such as equity issuances.
 
Profit and Budget Plan. Within 60 days from the effective date of the Order and within 30 days of each calendar year-end thereafter, Talbot Bank must submit a profit and budget plan to the FDIC and Commissioner consisting of goals and strategies, consistent with sound banking practices, and taking into account Talbot Bank’s other plans, policies or other actions required by the Order. In accordance with the Order, Talbot Bank developed a profit and budget plan which was submitted to the FDIC and Commissioner within 60 days from the effective date of the Order and one which was submitted within 30 days of the end of 2013.
 
Dividend Restriction. While the Order is in effect, Talbot Bank cannot declare or pay dividends or fees to the Company without the prior written consent of the FDIC and Commissioner. Talbot Bank is in compliance with this provision of the Order.
 
Brokered Deposits. The Order provides that Talbot Bank may not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposits unless it is in compliance with the requirements of the FDIC regulations governing brokered deposits. Talbot Bank is in compliance with this provision of the Order.
 
Oversight Committee. Within 30 days from the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank must establish a board committee to monitor and coordinate compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has established a board committee to comply with this provision of the Order.
 
Progress Reports. Within 45 days from the end of each calendar quarter following the effective date of the Order, Talbot Bank must furnish the FDIC and Commissioner with progress reports detailing the form, manner and results of any actions taken to secure compliance with the Order. Talbot Bank has and will continue to submit progress reports to comply with this provision of the Order.
 
The Order will remain in effect until modified or terminated by the FDIC and the Commissioner.
 
 
61

 
NOTE 2.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The following table provides information on the amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
Gross
 
Estimated
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
 
$
5,342
 
$
1
 
$
-
 
$
5,343
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
 
60,754
 
 
62
 
 
372
 
 
60,444
 
Mortgage-backed
 
 
81,130
 
 
520
 
 
937
 
 
80,713
 
Equity
 
 
609
 
 
-
 
 
8
 
 
601
 
Total
 
$
147,835
 
$
583
 
$
1,317
 
$
147,101
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
 
35,213
 
 
903
 
 
9
 
 
36,107
 
Mortgage-backed
 
 
106,524
 
 
2,464
 
 
208
 
 
108,780
 
Equity
 
 
596
 
 
25
 
 
-
 
 
621
 
Total
 
$
142,333
 
$
3,392
 
$
217
 
$
145,508
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
2,975
 
$
-
 
$
222
 
$
2,753
 
States and political subdivisions
 
 
2,210
 
 
99
 
 
-
 
 
2,309
 
Total
 
$
5,185
 
$
99
 
$
222
 
$
5,062
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
States and political subdivisions
 
 
2,657
 
 
227
 
 
-
 
 
2,884
 
Total
 
$
2,657
 
$
227
 
$
-
 
$
2,884
 
 
The following table provides information about gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
Less than
 
More than
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Months
 
12 Months
 
Total
 
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
33,004
 
$
372
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
33,004
 
$
372
 
Mortgage-backed
 
 
28,694
 
 
416
 
 
19,121
 
 
521
 
 
47,815
 
 
937
 
Equity
 
 
601
 
 
8
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
601
 
 
8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
62,299
 
$
796
 
$
19,121
 
$
521
 
$
81,420
 
$
1,317
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
2,753
 
$
222
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
2,753
 
$
222
 
 
All of the securities with unrealized losses in the portfolio have modest duration risk, low credit risk, and minimal losses when compared to total amortized cost.  The unrealized losses on debt securities that exist are the result of market changes in interest rates since original purchase.  Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity for debt securities, the Company considers the unrealized losses to be temporary.
 
 
62

 
The following table provides information on the amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities by maturity date at December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
Held to maturity
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Estimated
 
Amortized
 
Estimated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
2,038
 
$
2,045
 
$
267
 
$
270
 
Due after one year through five years
 
 
63,667
 
 
63,521
 
 
433
 
 
453
 
Due after five years through ten years
 
 
3,624
 
 
3,640
 
 
1,006
 
 
1,069
 
Due after ten years
 
 
77,897
 
 
77,294
 
 
3,479
 
 
3,270
 
 
 
 
147,226
 
 
146,500
 
 
5,185
 
 
5,062
 
Equity securities
 
 
609
 
 
601
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
$
147,835
 
$
147,101
 
$
5,185
 
$
5,062
 
 
The maturity dates for debt securities are determined using contractual maturity dates.
 
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities which have been pledged as collateral for obligations to federal, state and local government agencies, and other purposes as required or permitted by law, or sold under agreements to repurchase. All pledged securities are in the available-for-sale investment portfolio.
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Estimated
 
Amortized
 
Estimated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Pledged available-for-sale securities
 
$
101,070
 
$
100,507
 
$
91,814
 
$
94,391
 
 
There were no obligations of states or political subdivisions with carrying values, as to any issuer, exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 or 2012.
 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities were $40.4 million, $6.3 million, and $20.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  Gross gains from sales of investment securities were $913 thousand, $278 thousand and $595 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  There were no gross losses in 2013 and 2012 and $32 thousand in 2011.

NOTE 3.  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 
The Company makes residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers primarily in Talbot County, Queen Anne’s County, Kent County, Caroline County and Dorchester County in Maryland and in Kent County, Delaware.  The following table provides information about the principal classes of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Construction
 
$
64,591
 
$
108,051
 
Residential real estate
 
 
274,857
 
 
288,011
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
304,605
 
 
314,941
 
Commercial
 
 
57,195
 
 
60,786
 
Consumer
 
 
10,671
 
 
13,293
 
Total loans
 
 
711,919
 
 
785,082
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
 
(10,725)
 
 
(15,991)
 
Total loans, net
 
$
701,194
 
$
769,091
 
 
In the normal course of banking business, loans are made to officers and directors and their affiliated interests.  These loans are made on substantially the same terms and conditions as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons who are not related to the Company and are not considered to involve more than the normal risk of collectibility.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, such loans outstanding, both direct and indirect (including guarantees), to directors, their associates and policy-making officers, totaled approximately $23.2 million and $26.0 million, respectively.  During 2013 and 2012, loan additions were approximately $1.0 million and $9.7 million, respectively, and loan repayments were approximately $3.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively.
 
 
63

 
The following tables include impairment information relating to loans and the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Construction
 
real estate
 
real estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
5,569
 
$
19,748
 
$
14,462
 
$
887
 
$
48
 
$
-
 
$
40,714
 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
59,022
 
 
255,109
 
 
290,143
 
 
56,308
 
 
10,623
 
 
-
 
 
671,205
 
Total loans
 
$
64,591
 
$
274,857
 
$
304,605
 
$
57,195
 
$
10,671
 
$
-
 
$
711,919
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
204
 
$
285
 
$
44
 
$
245
 
$
5
 
$
-
 
$
783
 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
1,756
 
 
3,569
 
 
2,985
 
 
1,021
 
 
238
 
 
373
 
 
9,942
 
Total allowance for credit losses
 
$
1,960
 
$
3,854
 
$
3,029
 
$
1,266
 
$
243
 
$
373
 
$
10,725
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Construction
 
real estate
 
real estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
37,029
 
$
18,549
 
$
32,447
 
$
715
 
$
87
 
$
-
 
$
88,827
 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
71,022
 
 
269,462
 
 
282,494
 
 
60,071
 
 
13,206
 
 
-
 
 
696,255
 
Total loans
 
$
108,051
 
$
288,011
 
$
314,941
 
$
60,786
 
$
13,293
 
$
-
 
$
785,082
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
941
 
$
598
 
$
614
 
$
-
 
$
48
 
$
-
 
$
2,201
 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
3,446
 
 
4,596
 
 
3,520
 
 
1,682
 
 
359
 
 
187
 
 
13,790
 
Total allowance for credit losses
 
$
4,387
 
$
5,194
 
$
4,134
 
$
1,682
 
$
407
 
$
187
 
$
15,991
 
 
 
64

 
The following tables provide information on impaired loans and any related allowance by loan class as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  The difference between the unpaid principal balance and the recorded investment is the amount of partial charge-offs that have been taken.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded
 
Recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
 
investment
 
investment
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
principal
 
with no
 
with an
 
Related
 
recorded
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
balance
 
allowance
 
allowance
 
allowance
 
investment
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
6,787
 
$
3,709
 
$
240
 
$
203
 
$
7,270
 
Residential real estate
 
 
7,692
 
 
3,862
 
 
1,304
 
 
225
 
 
10,240
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
5,218
 
 
4,261
 
 
410
 
 
38
 
 
7,829
 
Commercial
 
 
1,801
 
 
547
 
 
245
 
 
245
 
 
619
 
Consumer
 
 
56
 
 
43
 
 
5
 
 
5
 
 
48
 
Total
 
 
21,554
 
 
12,422
 
 
2,204
 
 
716
 
 
26,006
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired accruing TDRs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
1,620
 
 
1,527
 
 
93
 
 
1
 
 
14,405
 
Residential real estate
 
 
14,582
 
 
13,177
 
 
1,405
 
 
60
 
 
11,101
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
9,791
 
 
9,006
 
 
785
 
 
6
 
 
13,308
 
Commercial
 
 
95
 
 
95
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
105
 
Consumer
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
 
26,088
 
 
23,805
 
 
2,283
 
 
67
 
 
38,919
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
8,407
 
 
5,236
 
 
333
 
 
204
 
 
21,675
 
Residential real estate
 
 
22,274
 
 
17,039
 
 
2,709
 
 
285
 
 
21,341
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
15,009
 
 
13,267
 
 
1,195
 
 
44
 
 
21,137
 
Commercial
 
 
1,896
 
 
642
 
 
245
 
 
245
 
 
724
 
Consumer
 
 
56
 
 
43
 
 
5
 
 
5
 
 
48
 
Total
 
$
47,642
 
$
36,227
 
$
4,487
 
$
783
 
$
64,925
 
 
 
65

 
 
 
 
 
Recorded
 
Recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
 
investment
 
investment
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
principal
 
with no
 
with an
 
Related
 
recorded
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
balance
 
allowance
 
allowance
 
allowance
 
investment
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
14,288
 
$
3,371
 
$
6,323
 
$
941
 
$
12,428
 
Residential real estate
 
 
17,975
 
 
9,469
 
 
2,063
 
 
598
 
 
17,472
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
19,515
 
 
11,838
 
 
2,729
 
 
614
 
 
12,975
 
Commercial
 
 
1,556
 
 
594
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,538
 
Consumer
 
 
92
 
 
39
 
 
48
 
 
48
 
 
55
 
Total
 
 
53,426
 
 
25,311
 
 
11,163
 
 
2,201
 
 
44,468
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired accruing TDRs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
27,335
 
 
27,335
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
21,193
 
Residential real estate
 
 
7,017
 
 
7,017
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
5,064
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
17,880
 
 
17,880
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
16,252
 
Commercial
 
 
121
 
 
121
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
87
 
Consumer
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
 
52,353
 
 
52,353
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
42,596
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
41,623
 
 
30,706
 
 
6,323
 
 
941
 
 
33,621
 
Residential real estate
 
 
24,992
 
 
16,486
 
 
2,063
 
 
598
 
 
22,536
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
37,395
 
 
29,718
 
 
2,729
 
 
614
 
 
29,227
 
Commercial
 
 
1,677
 
 
715
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,625
 
Consumer
 
 
92
 
 
39
 
 
48
 
 
48
 
 
55
 
Total
 
$
105,779
 
$
77,664
 
$
11,163
 
$
2,201
 
$
87,064
 
 
The following tables provide information on loans that were modified and considered TDRs during 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
Premodification
 
Postmodification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outstanding
 
outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
Number of 
 
recorded
 
recorded
 
Related
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
contracts
 
investment
 
investment
 
allowance
 
TDRs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
3
 
$
218
 
$
218
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
7
 
 
12,485
 
 
12,494
 
 
38
 
Commercial real estate
 
4
 
 
2,212
 
 
2,211
 
 
82
 
Commercial
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
14
 
$
14,915
 
$
14,923
 
$
120
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
12
 
$
17,347
 
$
17,361
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
17
 
 
5,264
 
 
4,908
 
 
-
 
Commercial real estate
 
8
 
 
7,389
 
 
7,537
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
2
 
 
76
 
 
60
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
39
 
$
30,076
 
$
29,866
 
$
-
 
 
 
66

 
The following tables provide information on TDRs that defaulted during 2013 and 2012.  Generally, a loan is considered in default when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more.
 
 
 
Number of
 
Recorded
 
Related
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
contracts
 
investment
 
allowance
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
6
 
 
1,918
 
 
-
 
Commercial real estate
 
2
 
 
2,151
 
 
74
 
Commercial
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
8
 
$
4,069
 
$
74
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
1
 
$
666
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
3
 
 
913
 
 
-
 
Commercial real estate
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Total
 
4
 
$
1,579
 
$
-
 
 
(1)  These loans were classified as TDRs during 2012.
(2)  These loans were classified as TDRs during 2011.
 
Management uses risk ratings as part of its monitoring of the credit quality in the Company’s loan portfolio.  Loans that are identified as special mention, substandard or doubtful are adversely rated.  They are assigned higher risk ratings than favorably rated loans in the calculation of the formula portion of the allowance for credit losses.  At December 31, 2013, $152 thousand of nonaccrual loans were identified as special mention, $13.0 million were substandard and $1.4 million were doubtful.  The comparable amounts at December 31, 2012 were $929 thousand, $20.4 million and $15.2 million, respectively.
 
The following tables provide information on loan risk ratings as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
Special
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pass/Performing
 
mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
40,210
 
$
15,708
 
$
4,724
 
$
-
 
$
3,949
 
$
64,591
 
Residential real estate
 
 
233,359
 
 
22,486
 
 
13,846
 
 
-
 
 
5,166
 
 
274,857
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
255,288
 
 
30,105
 
 
14,541
 
 
-
 
 
4,671
 
 
304,605
 
Commercial
 
 
52,032
 
 
3,691
 
 
680
 
 
-
 
 
792
 
 
57,195
 
Consumer
 
 
10,451
 
 
48
 
 
124
 
 
-
 
 
48
 
 
10,671
 
Total
 
$
591,340
 
$
72,038
 
$
33,915
 
$
-
 
$
14,626
 
$
711,919
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pass/Performing
 
mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
45,385
 
$
30,817
 
$
22,155
 
$
-
 
$
9,694
 
$
108,051
 
Residential real estate
 
 
237,299
 
 
23,657
 
 
15,090
 
 
433
 
 
11,532
 
 
288,011
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
257,418
 
 
21,554
 
 
21,402
 
 
-
 
 
14,567
 
 
314,941
 
Commercial
 
 
55,432
 
 
3,062
 
 
1,639
 
 
59
 
 
594
 
 
60,786
 
Consumer
 
 
13,147
 
 
-
 
 
59
 
 
-
 
 
87
 
 
13,293
 
Total
 
$
608,681
 
$
79,090
 
$
60,345
 
$
492
 
$
36,474
 
$
785,082
 
 
 
67

 
 
The following tables provide information on the aging of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
Accruing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30-59
 
 
60-89
 
 
90 days
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
days past
 
 
days past
 
 
or more
 
 
Total past
 
 
Non-
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Current
 
 
due
 
 
due
 
 
past due
 
 
due
 
 
accrual
 
 
Total
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
60,642
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
3,949
 
 
$
64,591
 
Residential real estate
 
 
265,182
 
 
 
2,765
 
 
 
1,724
 
 
 
20
 
 
 
4,509
 
 
 
5,166
 
 
 
274,857
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
299,295
 
 
 
639
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
639
 
 
 
4,671
 
 
 
304,605
 
Commercial
 
 
55,576
 
 
 
330
 
 
 
247
 
 
 
250
 
 
 
827
 
 
 
792
 
 
 
57,195
 
Consumer
 
 
10,469
 
 
 
23
 
 
 
131
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
154
 
 
 
48
 
 
 
10,671
 
Total
 
$
691,164
 
 
$
3,757
 
 
$
2,102
 
 
$
270
 
 
$
6,129
 
 
$
14,626
 
 
$
711,919
 
Percent of total loans
 
 
97.1
%
 
 
0.5
%
 
 
0.3
%
 
 
-
%
 
 
0.8
%
 
 
2.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30-59
 
 
60-89
 
 
90 days
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
days past
 
 
days past
 
 
or more
 
 
Total past
 
 
Non-
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Current
 
 
due
 
 
due
 
 
past due
 
 
due
 
 
accrual
 
 
Total
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
98,221
 
 
$
136
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
-
 
 
$
136
 
 
$
9,694
 
 
$
108,051
 
Residential real estate
 
 
272,311
 
 
 
3,116
 
 
 
762
 
 
 
290
 
 
 
4,168
 
 
 
11,532
 
 
 
288,011
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
298,522
 
 
 
887
 
 
 
800
 
 
 
165
 
 
 
1,852
 
 
 
14,567
 
 
 
314,941
 
Commercial
 
 
59,746
 
 
 
380
 
 
 
66
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
446
 
 
 
594
 
 
 
60,786
 
Consumer
 
 
13,125
 
 
 
57
 
 
 
19
 
 
 
5
 
 
 
81
 
 
 
87
 
 
 
13,293
 
Total
 
$
741,925
 
 
$
4,576
 
 
$
1,647
 
 
$
460
 
 
$
6,683
 
 
$
36,474
 
 
$
785,082
 
Percent of total loans
 
 
94.5
%
 
 
0.6
%
 
 
0.2
%
 
 
0.1
%
 
 
0.9
%
 
 
4.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables provide a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses allocated by loan class for 2013 and 2012.
Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one loan class does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other loan classes.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Construction
 
real estate
 
real estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
$
4,387
 
$
5,194
 
$
4,134
 
$
1,682
 
$
407
 
$
187
 
$
15,991
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charge-offs
 
 
(20,695)
 
 
(7,163)
 
 
(6,162)
 
 
(665)
 
 
(113)
 
 
-
 
 
(34,798)
 
Recoveries
 
 
161
 
 
545
 
 
161
 
 
839
 
 
42
 
 
-
 
 
1,748
 
Net charge-offs
 
 
(20,534)
 
 
(6,618)
 
 
(6,001)
 
 
174
 
 
(71)
 
 
-
 
 
(33,050)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision
 
 
18,107
 
 
5,278
 
 
4,896
 
 
(590)
 
 
(93)
 
 
186
 
 
27,784
 
Ending balance
 
$
1,960
 
$
3,854
 
$
3,029
 
$
1,266
 
$
243
 
$
373
 
$
10,725
 
 
 
68

 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Construction
 
real estate
 
real estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
$
3,745
 
$
5,014
 
$
3,415
 
$
1,498
 
$
594
 
$
22
 
$
14,288
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charge-offs
 
 
(7,826)
 
 
(9,838)
 
 
(2,954)
 
 
(5,451)
 
 
(576)
 
 
-
 
 
(26,645)
 
Recoveries
 
 
6
 
 
102
 
 
166
 
 
304
 
 
25
 
 
-
 
 
603
 
Net charge-offs
 
 
(7,820)
 
 
(9,736)
 
 
(2,788)
 
 
(5,147)
 
 
(551)
 
 
-
 
 
(26,042)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision
 
 
8,462
 
 
9,916
 
 
3,507
 
 
5,331
 
 
364
 
 
165
 
 
27,745
 
Ending balance
 
$
4,387
 
$
5,194
 
$
4,134
 
$
1,682
 
$
407
 
$
187
 
$
15,991
 

 
NOTE 4.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
The following table provides information on premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Land
 
$
5,818
 
$
5,818
 
Buildings and land improvements
 
 
13,459
 
 
13,159
 
Furniture and equipment
 
 
7,650
 
 
7,589
 
 
 
 
26,927
 
 
26,566
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
 
(11,729)
 
 
(10,973)
 
Total
 
$
15,198
 
$
15,593
 
 
Depreciation expense totaled $936 thousand, $1.1 million and $996 thousand for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
The Company leases facilities under operating leases.  Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $744 thousand, $777 thousand and $753 thousand, respectively.  Future minimum annual rental payments are approximately as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2014
 
$
617
 
2015
 
 
263
 
2016
 
 
248
 
2017
 
 
250
 
2018
 
 
255
 
Thereafter
 
 
883
 
Total minimum lease payments
 
$
2,516
 
 
 
69

 
NOTE 5.  INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC (“Avon-Dixon”), a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company, owns a 40% interest in a segregated portfolio of Eastern Re Ltd., SPC (“Eastern”), a specialty reinsurance company.  This investment is carried at cost, adjusted for Avon-Dixon’s equity ownership in Eastern’s net income or loss.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying value of the investment in Eastern was $328 thousand and $400, respectively.  During 2013 and 2012, income recognized from the investment in Eastern was $328 thousand and $0, respectively.
 
During 2012, the Company terminated its mortgage brokerage activities which were conducted through a minority series investment in an unrelated Delaware limited liability company under the name “Wye Mortgage Group”.  This investment was carried at cost, adjusted for the Company’s 49.0% equity ownership in Wye Mortgage Group’s net income or loss.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying value of the investment in Wye Mortgage Group was $0 and $85 thousand, respectively.  The Company recognized a loss of $9 thousand from its investment in Wye Mortgage Group during 2013 and income of $138 thousand during 2012.

   

NOTE 6.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
The following table provides information on the significant components of goodwill and other acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  The Community Banking segment and the Insurance Products and Services segment had goodwill of $2.6 million and $9.9 million, respectively, at the end of both 2013 and 2012.  See Note 25 for further information regarding the Company’s business segments.
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
Gross
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
Net
 
Remaining
 
Gross
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
Net
 
Remaining
 
 
 
Carrying
 
Impairment
 
Accumulated
 
Carrying
 
Life
 
Carrying
 
Impairment
 
Accumulated
 
Carrying
 
Life
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Charges
 
Amortization
 
Amount
 
(in years)
 
Amount
 
Charges
 
Amortization
 
Amount
 
(in years)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
$
17,345
 
$
(4,224)
 
$
(667)
 
$
12,454
 
-
 
$
17,345
 
$
(4,224)
 
$
(667)
 
$
12,454
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortizable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment agreements
 
$
1,730
 
$
-
 
$
(1,448)
 
$
282
 
1.7
 
$
1,730
 
$
-
 
$
(1,286)
 
$
444
 
2.0
 
Insurance expirations
 
 
1,270
 
 
-
 
 
(979)
 
 
291
 
3.4
 
 
1,270
 
 
-
 
 
(894)
 
 
376
 
4.4
 
Customer relationships
 
 
960
 
 
(126)
 
 
(352)
 
 
482
 
9.7
 
 
960
 
 
(126)
 
 
(303)
 
 
531
 
10.7
 
 
 
 
3,960
 
 
(126)
 
 
(2,779)
 
 
1,055
 
 
 
 
4,928
 
 
(126)
 
 
(3,451)
 
 
1,351
 
 
 
Unamortizable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrier relationships
 
 
1,300
 
 
(45)
 
 
-
 
 
1,255
 
-
 
 
1,300
 
 
(45)
 
 
-
 
 
1,255
 
-
 
Trade name
 
 
1,210
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,210
 
-
 
 
1,210
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
1,210
 
-
 
 
 
 
2,510
 
 
(45)
 
 
-
 
 
2,465
 
 
 
 
2,510
 
 
(45)
 
 
-
 
 
2,465
 
 
 
Total other intangible assets
 
$
6,470
 
$
(171)
 
$
(2,779)
 
$
3,520
 
 
 
$
7,438
 
$
(171)
 
$
(3,451)
 
$
3,816
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information on current period and estimated future amortization expense for amortizable other intangible assets.
 
 
 
Amortization
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Expense
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
$
296
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimate for years ended December 31, 2014
 
 
296
 
2015
 
 
255
 
2016
 
 
134
 
2017
 
 
87
 
2018
 
 
50
 
 
 
70

 
NOTE 7.  OTHER ASSETS
 
The Company had the following other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Nonmarketable investment securities
 
$
2,058
 
$
2,750
 
Accrued interest receivable
 
 
2,561
 
 
2,796
 
Insurance premiums receivable
 
 
887
 
 
1,089
 
Income taxes receivable
 
 
183
 
 
2,157
 
Deferred income taxes (1)
 
 
19,090
 
 
12,183
 
Prepaid expenses
 
 
700
 
 
2,227
 
Other assets
 
 
5,603
 
 
5,634
 
Total
 
$
31,082
 
$
28,836
 
 
(1)  See Note 14 for further discussion.

NOTE 8.  OTHER LIABILITIES
 
The Company had the following other liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Accrued interest payable
 
$
225
 
$
339
 
Other accounts payable
 
 
3,543
 
 
3,657
 
Deferred compensation liability
 
 
1,505
 
 
2,431
 
Other liabilities
 
 
1,944
 
 
2,320
 
Total
 
$
7,217
 
$
8,747
 

NOTE 9.  DEPOSITS
 
The approximate amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more was $185.0 million and $225.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
The following table provides information on the approximate maturities of total time deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
184,836
 
$
245,004
 
Due in one to three years
 
 
121,403
 
 
108,947
 
Due in three to five years
 
 
66,565
 
 
74,834
 
Total
 
$
372,804
 
$
428,785
 

NOTE 10.  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 
The following table summarizes certain information on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
2013
 
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Average for the Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail repurchase agreements
 
$
10,980
 
0.24
%
 
$
14,976
 
0.30
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At Year End
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail repurchase agreements
 
$
10,140
 
0.23
%
 
$
13,761
 
0.26
%
 
 
71

 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are securities sold to customers, at the customers’ request, under a “roll-over” contract that matures in one business day.  The underlying securities sold are U.S. Government agency securities, which are segregated in the Company’s custodial accounts from other investment securities.
 
The Company may periodically borrow from a correspondent federal funds line of credit arrangement, under a secured reverse repurchase agreement, or from the Federal Home Loan Bank to meet short-term liquidity needs.

NOTE 11.  BENEFIT PLANS

 
401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) and profit sharing plan covering substantially all full-time employees.  The plan calls for matching contributions by the Company, and the Company makes discretionary contributions based on profits. Company contributions to this plan included in expense totaled $520 thousand, $513 thousand, and $430 thousand for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The  increase in expense for 2012 when compared to 2011 was due to larger forfeitures available to reduce 401(k) costs for 2011.

NOTE 12.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (“2006 Equity Plan”) under which Shore Bancshares, Inc. may issue shares of its common stock or grant other equity-based awards.  Under the 2006 Equity Plan, stock-based awards may be granted periodically to the Company’s directors, executive officers, and key employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Shore Bancshares, Inc.  Stock-based awards granted to date under the 2006 Equity Plan are generally time-based, vesting on each anniversary of the grant date over a three- to five-year period of time and, in the case of stock options, expiring 10 years from the grant date.  Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards, is based on the grant date fair value and reflects forfeitures as they occur.  The 2006 Equity Plan originally reserved 631,972 shares of common stock for grant, and 506,702 shares remained available for grant at December 31, 2013.
 
The following tables provide information on stock-based compensation expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
$
78
 
$
209
 
$
338
 
Excess tax expense related to stock-based
     compensation
 
 
26
 
 
106
 
 
45
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Unrecognized stock-based compensation
     expense
 
$
136
 
$
143
 
$
167
 
Weighted average period unrecognized
     expense is expected to be recognized
 
 
1.7 years
 
 
2.1 years
 
 
8.5 months
 
 
The following table summarizes restricted stock award activity for the Company under the 2006 Equity Plan for the two years ended December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average
 
 
 
Weighted Average
 
 
 
Number
 
Grant Date
 
Number
 
Grant Date
 
 
 
of Shares
 
Fair Value
 
of Shares
 
Fair Value
 
Nonvested at beginning of year
 
6,548
 
$
14.89
 
45,779
 
$
13.20
 
Granted
 
13,930
 
 
8.33
 
-
 
 
-
 
Vested
 
(6,548)
 
 
14.89
 
(39,231)
 
 
12.92
 
Cancelled
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonvested at end of year
 
13,930
 
$
8.33
 
6,548
 
$
14.89
 
 
The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested was $36 thousand in 2013 and $245 thousand in 2012.
 
 
72

 
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company under the 2006 Equity Plan for the two years ended December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Number
 
Weighted Average
 
Number
 
Weighted Average
 
 
 
of shares
 
Exercise Price
 
of shares
 
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
 
54,216
 
$
6.64
 
-
 
$
-
 
Granted
 
-
 
 
-
 
54,216
 
 
6.64
 
Exercised
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
-
 
Expired/Cancelled
 
(13,554)
 
 
6.64
 
-
 
 
-
 
Outstanding at end of year
 
40,662
 
$
6.64
 
54,216
 
$
6.64
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at end of year
 
-
 
$
-
 
-
 
$
-
 
 
The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2012 was $3.44.  The Company estimates the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes valuation model with weighted average assumptions for dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected lives (in years).  The expected dividend yield is calculated by dividing the total expected annual dividend payout by the average stock price.  The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the underlying securities.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the Federal Reserve Bank’s constant maturities daily interest rate in effect at grant date.  The expected contract life of the options represents the period of time that the Company expects the awards to be outstanding based on historical experience with similar awards.  The following weighted average assumptions were used as inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model for options granted in 2012.
 
Dividend yield
 
0.60
%
Expected volatility
 
58.65
%
Risk-free interest rate
 
1.69
%
Expected contract life (in years)
 
5.83
 
 
At December 31, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding under the 2006 Equity Plan was $105 thousand based on the $9.22 market value per share of Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock at December 31, 2013.  Since there were no options exercised during 2013 or 2012, there was no intrinsic value associated with stock options exercised and no cash received on exercise of options.  No stock options vested in 2013 or 2012.  At December 31, 2013, the weighted average remaining contract life of options outstanding was 8.2 years.

NOTE 13.  DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 
The Shore Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is for members of management and highly compensated employees of Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  The Plan permits a participant to elect, each year, to defer receipt of up to 100% of his or her salary and bonus to be earned in the following year.  The Plan also permits the participant to defer the receipt of performance-based compensation not later than six months before the end of the period for which it is to be earned.  The deferred amounts are credited to an account maintained on behalf of the participant and are invested at the discretion of each participant in certain deemed investment options selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Shore Bancshares, Inc.  Shore Bancshares, Inc. may also make matching, mandatory and discretionary contributions for certain participants.  A participant is fully vested at all times in the amounts that he or she elects to defer.  Any contributions by Shore Bancshares, Inc. will vest over a five-year period.  There were no elective deferrals made by plan participants during 2013, 2012 or 2011.
 
The following table provides information on Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s contributions to the Plan for 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the related deferred compensation liability at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Deferred compensation contribution
 
$
9
 
$
20
 
$
65
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Deferred compensation liability
 
$
404
 
$
632
 
 
 
73

 
CNB has agreements with certain of its directors under which they have deferred part of their fees and compensation.  The amounts deferred are invested in insurance policies, owned by CNB, on the lives of the respective individuals.  Amounts available under the policies are to be paid to the individuals as retirement benefits over future years.   The following table includes information on the cash surrender value and the accrued benefit obligation included in other assets and other liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Cash surrender value
 
$
3,256
 
$
3,143
 
Accrued benefit obligation
 
 
1,101
 
 
1,171
 

NOTE 14.  INCOME TAXES
 
The following table provides information on components of income tax expense for each of the three years ended December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Current tax (benefit) expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
(459)
 
$
(2,007)
 
$
656
 
State
 
 
90
 
 
210
 
 
236
 
 
 
 
(369)
 
 
(1,797)
 
 
892
 
Deferred income tax benefit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
 
(4,592)
 
 
(3,110)
 
 
(1,233)
 
State
 
 
(1,540)
 
 
(1,658)
 
 
(317)
 
 
 
 
(6,132)
 
 
(4,768)
 
 
(1,550)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total income tax benefit
 
$
(6,501)
 
$
(6,565)
 
$
(658)
 
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of tax computed at the statutory federal tax rate of 34.0% to the actual tax expense for each of the three years ended December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Tax at federal statutory rate
 
34.0
%
34.0
%
34.0
%
Tax effect of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax-exempt income
 
0.4
 
0.6
 
8.8
 
Non-deductible goodwill impairment charges
 
-
 
-
 
(6.0)
 
Other non-deductible expenses
 
(0.2)
 
(0.2)
 
(2.1)
 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
 
5.9
 
5.9
 
3.6
 
Other
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
4.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual income tax expense rate
 
40.3
%
40.5
%
42.3
%
 
 
74

 
The following table provides information on significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
$
4,298
 
$
6,421
 
Reserve for off-balance sheet commitments
 
 
180
 
 
166
 
Net operating loss carry forward
 
 
14,430
 
 
3,367
 
Write-downs of other real estate owned
 
 
400
 
 
742
 
Deferred income
 
 
1,108
 
 
2,370
 
Accrued expenses
 
 
936
 
 
1,353
 
Loss on termination of cash flow hedge
 
 
-
 
 
540
 
Unrealized losses on interest rate caps
 
 
-
 
 
803
 
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities
 
 
296
 
 
-
 
Other
 
 
83
 
 
55
 
Total deferred tax assets
 
 
21,731
 
 
15,817
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
 
463
 
 
515
 
Purchase accounting adjustments
 
 
1,305
 
 
1,009
 
Deferred capital gain on branch sale
 
 
438
 
 
451
 
Deferred gains on interest rate swaps
 
 
-
 
 
169
 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
 
 
-
 
 
1,282
 
Other
 
 
435
 
 
208
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
 
2,641
 
 
3,634
 
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
19,090
 
$
12,183
 
 
No valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized because they were supported by the expected generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income from operations and tax planning strategies.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33.6 million and $50.1 million, respectively, which expire in 2033 through 2034.

NOTE 15.  EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
 
Basic earnings/(loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income/(loss) available to (allocable to) common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings/(loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income/(loss) available to (allocable to) common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents (stock-based awards and the warrant).  There is no dilutive effect on the loss per share during loss periods.  The following table provides information relating to the calculation of earnings/(loss) per common share.
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic
 
 
8,461
 
 
8,457
 
 
8,451
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted
 
 
8,461
 
 
8,457
 
 
8,451
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per common share – basic
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(0.11)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per common share – diluted
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(1.14)
 
$
(0.11)
 
 
The calculations of diluted loss per share excluded weighted average common stock equivalents of 51 thousand for 2013, 46 thousand for 2012 and 159 thousand for 2011 because the effect of including them would have been antidilutive.
 
 
75

 
NOTE 16.  REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc. and each of the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Banks’ assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Banks to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (leverage ratio).  As of December 31, 2013, management believes that Shore Bancshares, Inc. and CNB met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.  Per the Order, Talbot Bank submitted a capital plan to the FDIC and Commissioner which describes the methods and timing by which it will increase its capital ratios up to or in excess of required minimums (leverage ratio of 8%, total capital ratio of 12%).  These methods include earnings from operations, capital infusions from the Company, and other capital-raising alternatives such as equity issuances.
 
As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized Talbot Bank as adequately capitalized and CNB as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as adequately or well capitalized, the Banks must maintain minimum Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios, and Tier 1 leverage ratios, which are described below.  Management believes that there are no conditions or events since that notification that have changed the Banks’ categories.
 
The minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes are 4.00%, 8.00% and 4.00% for the Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios, respectively.  To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum ratios of 6.00%, 10.00% and 5.00% for its Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios, respectively.  Shore Bancshares, Inc., as a financial holding company, is subject to the well-capitalized requirement.
 
The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios for Shore Bancshares, Inc., Talbot Bank and CNB as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Net
 
 
 
 
Tier 1
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-
 
Risk-
 
Adjusted
 
Risk-Based
 
Risk-Based
 
Tier 1
 
December 31, 2013
 
Tier 1
 
Based
 
Weighted
 
Average
 
Capital
 
Capital
 
Leverage
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Capital
 
Capital
 
Assets
 
Total Assets
 
Ratio
 
Ratio
 
Ratio
 
Company
 
$
72,370
 
$
81,341
 
$
717,129
 
$
1,028,957
 
10.09
%
11.34
%
7.03
%
Talbot Bank
 
 
28,395
 
 
33,554
 
 
410,547
 
 
569,689
 
6.92
 
8.17
 
4.98
 
CNB
 
 
42,186
 
 
45,998
 
 
305,278
 
 
460,747
 
13.82
 
15.07
 
9.16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Net
 
 
 
Tier 1
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-
 
Risk-
 
Adjusted
 
Risk-Based
 
Risk-Based
 
Tier 1
 
December 31, 2012
 
Tier 1
 
Based
 
Weighted
 
Average
 
Capital
 
Capital
 
Leverage
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Capital
 
Capital
 
Assets
 
Total Assets
 
Ratio
 
Ratio
 
Ratio
 
Company
 
$
97,049
 
$
107,208
 
$
805,108
 
$
1,166,865
 
12.05
%
13.32
%
8.32
%
Talbot Bank
 
 
53,496
 
 
59,847
 
 
501,612
 
 
713,472
 
10.66
 
11.93
 
7.50
 
CNB
 
 
41,976
 
 
45,780
 
 
303,627
 
 
450,109
 
13.82
 
15.08
 
9.33
 
 
Federal and state laws and regulations applicable to banks and their holding companies impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Banks, as well as restricting extensions of credit and transfers of assets between the Banks and Shore Bancshares, Inc.  Talbot Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to Shore Bancshares, Inc. without the prior consent of its banking regulators.  CNB paid dividends of $1.9 million to Shore Bancshares, Inc. during 2013.  At December 31, 2013, CNB could have paid additional dividends to Shore Bancshares, Inc. of approximately $2.0 million without the prior consent and approval of its regulatory agencies.  Shore Bancshares, Inc. had no outstanding receivables from subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 or 2012.
 
 
76

 
NOTE 17.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
The Company records unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, on investment securities available for sale and on cash flow hedging activities as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  The following table provides information on the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2013 and 2012.
 
 
 
Accumulated net
 
Accumulated net
 
 
 
 
 
unrealized holding
 
unrealized holding
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
gains (losses) on
 
gains (losses) on
 
other
 
 
 
available for sale
 
cash flow hedging
 
comprehensive
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
securities
 
activities
 
income (loss)
 
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
1,894
 
$
(1,186)
 
$
708
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
 
(1,786)
 
 
407
 
 
(1,379)
 
Reclassification of (gains) losses recognized
 
 
(545)
 
 
779
 
 
234
 
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
(437)
 
$
-
 
$
(437)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
1,370
 
$
(3,059)
 
$
(1,689)
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
690
 
 
1,074
 
 
1,764
 
Reclassification of (gains) losses recognized
 
 
(166)
 
 
799
 
 
633
 
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
1,894
 
$
(1,186)
 
$
708
 

NOTE 18.  LINES OF CREDIT
 
The Banks had $15.5 million in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available on a short-term basis from correspondent banks at both December 31, 2013 and 2012.  In addition, the Banks had credit availability of approximately $46.9 million and $58.0 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These lines of credit are paid for monthly on a fee basis of 0.09%. The Banks have pledged as collateral, under a blanket lien, all qualifying residential loans under borrowing agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank.  The Banks had no short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

NOTE 19.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 
Accounting guidance under GAAP defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  This accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
 
The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale and derivative assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, loans held for sale and other real estate owned (foreclosed assets).  These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.
 
Under fair value accounting guidance, assets and liabilities are grouped at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine their fair values.  These hierarchy levels are:
 
Level 1 inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
 
Level 2 inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
 
 
77

 
Level 3 inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
 
Below is a discussion on the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair value measurement for investment securities available for sale is based on quoted prices from an independent pricing service.  The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include present value of future cash flows, prepayment assumptions, credit loss assumptions and other factors.  The Company classifies its investments in U.S. Treasury securities as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy, and it classifies its investments in U.S. Government agencies securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government sponsored entities as Level 2.
 
Derivative Assets
Derivative instruments held by the Company for risk management purposes are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available.  For those derivatives, the Company measures fair value using third-party models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves and option volatilities, and include the value associated with counterparty credit risk.  The Company classifies its derivative instruments held for risk management purposes as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy  and includes them in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had no derivative instruments.  At December 31, 2012, the Company’s derivative instruments consisted solely of interest rate caps.
 
The tables below present the recorded amount of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  No assets were transferred from one hierarchy level to another during 2013 or 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices
 
Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
 
$
5,343
 
$
5,343
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
 
60,444
 
 
-
 
 
60,444
 
 
-
 
Mortgage-backed
 
 
80,713
 
 
-
 
 
80,713
 
 
-
 
Equity
 
 
601
 
 
-
 
 
601
 
 
-
 
Total
 
$
147,101
 
$
5,343
 
$
141,758
 
$
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate caps
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices
 
Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
U.S. Government agencies
 
 
36,107
 
 
-
 
 
36,107
 
 
-
 
Mortgage-backed
 
 
108,780
 
 
-
 
 
108,780
 
 
-
 
Equity
 
 
621
 
 
-
 
 
621
 
 
-
 
Total
 
$
145,508
 
$
-
 
$
145,508
 
$
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate caps
 
$
14
 
$
-
 
$
14
 
$
-
 
 
Below is a discussion on the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
 
 
78

 
Loans
The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis; however, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and a valuation allowance may be established if there are losses associated with the loan.  Loans are considered impaired if it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with contractual terms.  The fair value of impaired loans can be estimated using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt, liquidation value and discounted cash flows.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, substantially all impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral and were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
Loans held for sale
Loans held for sale are adjusted for fair value upon transfer of loans to loans held for sale.  Subsequently, loans held for sale are carried at the lower of carrying value and fair value.  Fair value is based on independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  At December 31, 2013, loans held for sale were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
Other Real Estate Owned (Foreclosed Assets)
Foreclosed assets are adjusted for fair value upon transfer of loans to foreclosed assets.  Subsequently, foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value and fair value.  Fair value is based on independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, foreclosed assets were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
The tables below present the recorded amount of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  No assets were transferred from one hierarchy level to another during 2013 or 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices
 
Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
5,365
 
$
-
 
$
5,365
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
 
19,463
 
 
-
 
 
19,463
 
 
-
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
14,418
 
 
-
 
 
14,418
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
 
642
 
 
-
 
 
642
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
 
43
 
 
-
 
 
43
 
 
-
 
Total impaired loans
 
 
39,931
 
 
-
 
 
39,931
 
 
-
 
Loans held for sale
 
 
3,521
 
 
-
 
 
3,521
 
 
-
 
Other real estate owned
 
 
3,779
 
 
-
 
 
3,779
 
 
-
 
Total assets measured at fair value
     on a nonrecurring basis
 
$
47,231
 
$
-
 
$
47,231
 
$
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices
 
Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
$
36,088
 
$
-
 
$
36,088
 
$
-
 
Residential real estate
 
 
17,951
 
 
-
 
 
17,951
 
 
-
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
31,833
 
 
-
 
 
31,833
 
 
-
 
Commercial
 
 
715
 
 
-
 
 
715
 
 
-
 
Consumer
 
 
39
 
 
-
 
 
39
 
 
-
 
Total impaired loans
 
 
86,626
 
 
-
 
 
86,626
 
 
-
 
Loans held for sale
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
Other real estate owned
 
 
7,659
 
 
-
 
 
7,659
 
 
-
 
Total assets measured at fair value
     on a nonrecurring basis
 
$
94,285
 
$
-
 
$
94,285
 
$
-
 
 
The following information relates to the estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities that are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at their carrying amounts.  The discussion below describes the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability for which it is practicable to estimate that value.
 
 
79

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold.  For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Investment Securities Held to Maturity
For all investments in debt securities, fair values are based on quoted prices.  If a quoted price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities.
 
Loans
The fair values of categories of fixed rate loans, such as commercial loans, residential real estate, and other consumer loans, are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  Other loans, including variable rate loans, are adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.
 
Financial Liabilities
The fair values of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date.  The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  These estimates do not take into consideration the value of core deposit intangibles.  Generally, the carrying amount of short-term borrowings is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  The fair values of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (included in short-term borrowings) and long-term debt are estimated using the rates offered for similar borrowings.
 
Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
The majority of the Company’s commitments to grant loans and standby letters of credit are written to carry current market interest rates if converted to loans.  In general, commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are not assignable by the Company or the borrower, so they generally have value only to the Company and the borrower.  Therefore, it is impractical to assign any value to these commitments.
 
The following table provides information on the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are reported in the balance sheets at their carrying amounts.  The financial assets and liabilities have been segregated by their classification level in the fair value hierarchy.
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated
 
 
 
 
Estimated
 
 
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Value
 
Amount
 
Value
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2 inputs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
131,090
 
$
131,090
 
$
200,193
 
$
200,193
 
Investment securities held to maturity
 
 
5,185
 
 
5,062
 
 
2,657
 
 
2,884
 
Loans, net
 
 
701,194
 
 
721,688
 
 
769,091
 
 
798,381
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2 inputs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
$
933,468
 
$
934,943
 
$
1,049,273
 
$
1,052,382
 
Short-term borrowings
 
 
10,140
 
 
10,140
 
 
13,761
 
 
13,761
 

 

NOTE 20.  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

Accounting guidance under GAAP defines derivatives, requires that derivatives be carried at fair value on the balance sheet and provides for hedge accounting when certain conditions are met.  Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments designated as “cash flow” hedges, to the extent the hedges are highly effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of taxes.  Ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized in current period earnings.  The net interest settlement on cash flow hedges is treated as an adjustment of the interest income or interest expense of the hedged assets or liabilities.  The Company uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to changes in interest rates.  The Company does not use derivatives for any trading or other speculative purposes.
 
 
80

 
During the second quarter of 2009, the Company purchased interest rate caps for $7.1 million to effectively fix the interest rate at 2.97% for five years on $70 million of the Company’s money market deposit accounts related to our participation in the IND Program.In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company decided to partially exit the IND Program in an effort to reduce its excess liquidity and a portion of the interest rate caps used to hedge the interest rates on these deposits was terminated.  In the second quarter of 2013, the Company fully exited the IND Program and the remainder of the interest rate caps were terminated.  Because the interest rate caps qualified for hedge accounting, a $1.3 million loss on the ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge was recognized in  both the second quarter of 2013 and the fourth quarter of 2012.
 
The aggregate fair value of the interest rate caps was $14 thousand at December 31, 2012.  The adjustments that reduced the balance to $0 at December 31, 2013 included an increase of $681 thousand to reflect unrealized holding gains on the interest rate caps and a decrease of $695 thousand to reflect the charge to interest expense associated with the hedged money market deposit accounts.  For 2012, unrealized holding gains on the interest rate caps were $1.8 million while for 2011, unrealized holding losses were $460 thousand.  For 2012 and 2011, interest expense associated with the hedged money market deposit accounts was $2.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
 
By entering into derivative instrument contracts, the Company exposes itself, from time to time, to counterparty credit risk.  Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform under the terms of the derivative contract.  When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company.  The Company attempts to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings, limiting its exposure to any single counterparty and regularly monitoring its market position with each counterparty.  Collateral required by the counterparties, recorded in other liabilities, was $0 and $428 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
 
81

 

NOTE 21.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

 
In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Banks are parties to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  The Banks’ exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments.  The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they do for on-balance sheet instruments.  The Banks generally require collateral or other security to support the financial instruments with credit risk.  The amount of collateral or other security is determined based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The Banks evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Letters of credit and other commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
The following table provides information on commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Commitments to extend credit
 
$
116,596
 
$
141,518
 
Letters of credit
 
 
10,477
 
 
12,817
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
127,073
 
$
154,335
 

NOTE 22.  CONTINGENCIES

 
In the normal course of business, Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries may become involved in litigation arising from banking, financial, and other activities.  Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the future liability, if any, arising out of current proceedings will have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, operating results, or liquidity.
 
 
82

 
NOTE 23.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following tables provide condensed financial information for Shore Bancshares, Inc. (Parent Company Only).
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
$
987
 
$
820
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
 
102,815
 
 
113,529
 
Premises and equipment, net
 
 
2,726
 
 
2,616
 
Other assets
 
 
1,284
 
 
1,601
 
Total assets
 
$
107,812
 
$
118,566
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liability
 
$
1,628
 
$
1,687
 
Other liabilities
 
 
542
 
 
510
 
Long-term debt
 
 
2,343
 
 
2,343
 
Total liabilities
 
 
4,513
 
 
4,540
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
 
85
 
 
85
 
Additional paid in capital
 
 
32,207
 
 
32,155
 
Retained earnings
 
 
71,444
 
 
81,078
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
 
 
(437)
 
 
708
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
 
103,299
 
 
114,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
107,812
 
$
118,566
 
 
Condensed Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends from subsidiaries
 
$
2,163
 
$
3,154
 
$
1,519
 
Management and other fees from subsidiaries
 
 
6,226
 
 
5,692
 
 
5,783
 
Other income
 
 
31
 
 
180
 
 
251
 
Total income
 
 
8,420
 
 
9,026
 
 
7,553
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
 
88
 
 
107
 
 
154
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
 
4,447
 
 
4,188
 
 
3,977
 
Occupancy and equipment expense
 
 
508
 
 
463
 
 
471
 
Other operating expenses
 
 
1,853
 
 
1,529
 
 
1,360
 
Total expenses
 
 
6,896
 
 
6,287
 
 
5,962
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income tax expense and equity in
     undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
 
 
1,524
 
 
2,739
 
 
1,591
 
Income tax benefit
 
 
(61)
 
 
(58)
 
 
(190)
 
Income before equity in undistributed
     net loss of subsidiaries
 
 
1,585
 
 
2,797
 
 
1,781
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
 
 
(11,219)
 
 
(12,435)
 
 
(2,678)
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
 
 
83

 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,634)
 
$
(9,638)
 
$
(897)
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by
   operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
 
 
11,219
 
 
12,435
 
 
2,678
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
 
386
 
 
367
 
 
404
 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
78
 
 
209
 
 
338
 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements
 
 
(26)
 
 
(106)
 
 
(45)
 
Net decrease (increase) in other assets
 
 
128
 
 
(246)
 
 
(253)
 
Net decrease in other liabilities
 
 
(53)
 
 
(423)
 
 
(99)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
 
2,098
 
 
2,598
 
 
2,126
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
 
 
(307)
 
 
(108)
 
 
(57)
 
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(25)
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
 
(1,650)
 
 
(2,000)
 
 
(550)
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
(1,957)
 
 
(2,108)
 
 
(632)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of long-term debt
 
 
-
 
 
(1,007)
 
 
(782)
 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based arrangements
 
 
26
 
 
106
 
 
45
 
Repurchase of warrant
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(25)
 
Common stock dividends paid
 
 
-
 
 
(85)
 
 
(760)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
 
26
 
 
(986)
 
 
(1,522)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 
167
 
 
(496)
 
 
(28)
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
 
820
 
 
1,316
 
 
1,344
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
987
 
$
820
 
$
1,316
 
 
 
84

 

NOTE 24.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (unaudited)

 
The following table provides a summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the two years ended December 31, 2013.
 
 
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
10,607
 
$
10,755
 
$
10,182
 
$
9,807
 
Net interest income
 
 
8,477
 
 
9,001
 
 
8,828
 
 
8,570
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
2,150
 
 
2,700
 
 
22,460
 
 
474
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
326
 
 
504
 
 
(18,808)
 
 
1,843
 
Net income (loss)
 
 
222
 
 
361
 
 
(11,392)
 
 
1,175
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
 
$
0.03
 
$
0.04
 
$
(1.35)
 
$
0.14
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
 
$
0.03
 
$
0.04
 
$
(1.35)
 
$
0.14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
11,856
 
$
11,692
 
$
11,393
 
$
10,960
 
Net interest income
 
 
9,195
 
 
9,033
 
 
8,730
 
 
8,381
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
8,370
 
 
3,525
 
 
6,200
 
 
9,650
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
(5,099)
 
 
422
 
 
(3,178)
 
 
(8,348)
 
Net (loss) income
 
 
(3,036)
 
 
293
 
 
(1,821)
 
 
(5,074)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per common share
 
$
(0.36)
 
$
0.03
 
$
(0.22)
 
$
(0.60)
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share
 
$
(0.36)
 
$
0.03
 
$
(0.22)
 
$
(0.60)
 
 
Earnings per share are based on quarterly results and may not be additive to the annual earnings per share amounts.

NOTE 25.  SEGMENT REPORTING
 
The Company operates two primary business segments:  Community Banking and Insurance Products and Services.  The Community Banking business provides services to consumers and small businesses on the Eastern Shore of Maryland and in Delaware through its 18-branch network. Community banking activities include small business services, retail brokerage, trust services and consumer banking products and services.  Loan products available to consumers include mortgage, home equity, automobile, marine, and installment loans, credit cards and other secured and unsecured personal lines of credit.  Small business lending includes commercial mortgages, real estate development loans, equipment and operating loans, as well as secured and unsecured lines of credit, credit cards, accounts receivable financing arrangements, and merchant card services.
 
Through the Insurance Products and Services business, the Company provides a full range of insurance products and services to businesses and consumers in the Company’s market areas.   Products include property and casualty, life, marine, individual health and long-term care insurance.  Pension and profit sharing plans and retirement plans for executives and employees are available to suit the needs of individual businesses.
 
 
85

 
Selected financial information by business segments is included in the following table.
 
 
 
Community
 
Insurance Products
 
Parent
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Banking
 
and Services
 
Company
 
Total
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
41,310
 
$
41
 
$
-
 
$
41,351
 
Interest expense
 
 
(6,475)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(6,475)
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
(27,784)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(27,784)
 
Noninterest income
 
 
5,716
 
 
11,737
 
 
6
 
 
17,459
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
(23,676)
 
 
(10,350)
 
 
(6,660)
 
 
(40,686)
 
Net intersegment (expense) income
 
 
(5,359)
 
 
(655)
 
 
6,014
 
 
-
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
(16,268)
 
 
773
 
 
(640)
 
 
(16,135)
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
 
6,556
 
 
(313)
 
 
258
 
 
6,501
 
Net (loss) income
 
$
(9,712)
 
$
460
 
$
(382)
 
$
(9,634)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,036,098
 
$
15,759
 
$
2,267
 
$
1,054,124
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
45,822
 
$
79
 
$
-
 
$
45,901
 
Interest expense
 
 
(10,546)
 
 
-
 
 
(16)
 
 
(10,562)
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
(27,745)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(27,745)
 
Noninterest income
 
 
5,197
 
 
10,422
 
 
139
 
 
15,758
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
(23,702)
 
 
(9,820)
 
 
(6,033)
 
 
(39,555)
 
Net intersegment (expense) income
 
 
(4,993)
 
 
(503)
 
 
5,496
 
 
-
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
(15,967)
 
 
178
 
 
(414)
 
 
(16,203)
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
 
6,467
 
 
(70)
 
 
168
 
 
6,565
 
Net (loss) income
 
$
(9,500)
 
$
108
 
$
(246)
 
$
(9,638)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,166,468
 
$
16,809
 
$
2,530
 
$
1,185,807
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
50,721
 
$
131
 
$
-
 
$
50,852
 
Interest expense
 
 
(11,051)
 
 
-
 
 
(37)
 
 
(11,088)
 
Provision for credit losses
 
 
(19,470)
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
(19,470)
 
Noninterest income
 
 
7,269
 
 
9,881
 
 
168
 
 
17,318
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
(22,738)
 
 
(10,766)
 
 
(5,663)
 
 
(39,167)
 
Net intersegment (expense) income
 
 
(5,148)
 
 
(455)
 
 
5,603
 
 
-
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
(417)
 
 
(1,209)
 
 
71
 
 
(1,555)
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
 
176
 
 
512
 
 
(30)
 
 
658
 
Net (loss) income
 
$
(241)
 
$
(697)
 
$
41
 
$
(897)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,138,576
 
$
17,354
 
$
2,263
 
$
1,158,193
 

NOTE 26.  PREFERRED STOCK
 
On January 9, 2009, Shore Bancshares, Inc. participated in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP CPP”) of the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) by issuing 25,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Preferred Stock”) and a common stock purchase warrant covering 172,970 shares of common stock (the “Warrant”) to the Treasury for a total sales price of $25 million.  On April 15, 2009, Shore Bancshares, Inc. redeemed all 25,000 shares of the Preferred Stock from Treasury for $25 million, plus accrued dividends of $208 thousand.  At the time of the redemption, the Preferred Stock had a carrying value of $23.5 million.  The difference between the redemption price and carrying value represented an additional accelerated deemed dividend of $1.5 million.  Total dividends paid on the Preferred Stock was $1.8 million for 2009.
 
On November 16, 2011, Shore Bancshares, Inc. paid $25,000 to repurchase the Warrant from the Treasury.  The repurchase price was based on the fair market value of the Warrant as agreed on by Shore Bancshares, Inc. and the Treasury.   With the repurchase of the Warrant, Shore Bancshares, Inc. concluded its participation in the TARP CPP.
 
 
86

 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
 
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act with the SEC, such as this annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in those rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer (the “PEO”) and the principal accounting officer (“PAO”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
 
An evaluation of the effectiveness of these disclosure controls as of December 31, 2013 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the PEO and the PAO.  Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and the PAO, has concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the reasonable assurance level.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2013, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has performed an evaluation and testing of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.  Management’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the related attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm are included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, and each such report is incorporated into this Item 9A by reference thereto.
 
Item 9B. Other Information.
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers, and employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing similar functions.  A written copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics will be provided to stockholders, free of charge, upon request to:  W. David Morse, Secretary, Shore Bancshares, Inc., 18 E. Dover Street, Easton, Maryland 21601 or (410) 763-7800. 
 
All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders:
 
· Election of Directors (Proposal 1);
· Continuing Directors;
· Executive Officers;
· Qualifications of Director Nominees and Continuing Directors;
· Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance; and
· Corporate Governance Matters (under the heading, “Board Committees”).
 
 
87

 
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders:
 
· Executive Compensation
· Director Compensation
 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
The Company maintains the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2006 Plan”) under which it may issue shares of common stock or grant other equity-based awards (stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units, and performance units) to directors, executive officers, and key employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Shore Bancshares, Inc.  The plan was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and its stockholders.
 
The following table contains information about these equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013. 
 
Plan Category
 
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants, and
rights
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
[excluding securities
reflected in column (a)]
 
 
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
 
40,662
 
$
6.64
 
506,702
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 
-
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
40,662
 
$
6.64
 
506,702
 
 
(1) In addition to stock options and stock appreciation rights, the 2006 Plan permits the grant of stock awards, stock units, and performance units, and the shares available for issuance shown in column (c) may be granted pursuant to such awards. Subject to the anti-dilution provisions of the Omnibus Plan, the maximum number of shares of restricted stock that may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is 45,000; the maximum number of restricted stock units that may be granted to any one participant in any calendar year is 45,000; and the maximum dollar value of performance units that may be granted to any one participant in any calendar year is $1,500,000. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has granted 84,608 shares of restricted stock that are not reflected in column (a) of this table.
 
All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock”.
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” (under the heading, “Director Independence”).
 
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Audit Fees and Services”.
 
 
88

 
PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a)(1), (2) and (c) Financial statements and schedules:
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
 
(a)(3) and (b) Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:
 
The exhibits filed or furnished with this annual report are shown on the Exhibit Index that follows the signatures to this annual report, which index is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
89

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 
 
 
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc.
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 20, 2014
By: 
/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.
 
 
 
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
/s/ Herbert L. Andrew, III
 
/s/ Blenda W. Armistead
 
Herbert L. Andrew, III, Director
 
Blenda W. Armistead, Director
 
March 20, 2014
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/David J. Bates
 
/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr.
 
David J. Bates, Director
 
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr., Director
 
March 20, 2014
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James A. Judge
 
/s/ Neil R. LeCompte
 
James A. Judge, Director
 
Neil R. LeCompte, Director
 
March 20, 2014
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Frank E. Mason, III
 
/s/ Christopher F. Spurry
 
Frank E. Mason, III, Director
 
Christopher F. Spurry, Director
 
March 20, 2014
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ F. Winfield Trice, Jr
 
/s/ W. Moorhead Vermilye.
 
F. Winfield Trice, Jr., Director
 
W. Moorhead Vermilye, Director
 
March 20, 2014
 
March 20, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John H. Wilson
 
/s/ George S. Rapp
 
John H. Wilson, Director
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
March 20, 2014
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
  
March 20, 2014
 
 
90

 
EXHIBIT LIST
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
 
 
3.1(i)
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2000)
 
 
 
3.1(ii)
 
Articles Supplementary relating to the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009)
 
 
 
3.1(iii)
 
Articles Supplementary relating to the reclassification of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, as common stock (incorporated by reference Exhibit 3.1(i) of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2009)
 
 
 
3.2(i)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(i) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)
 
 
 
3.2(ii)
 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(ii) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)
 
 
 
3.2(iii)
 
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(iii) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)
 
 
 
3.2(iv)
 
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(iv) of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010)
 
 
 
10.1
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2011, between the Company and W. Moorhead Vermilye (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 filed on November 14, 2011).
 
 
 
10.2
 
Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2011, between the Company and Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 filed on November 14, 2011)
 
 
 
10.3
 
Amended Summary of Compensation Arrangement for William W. Duncan, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2007, as amended by Form 8-K/A filed on May 3, 2007)
 
 
 
10.4
 
Summary of Compensation Arrangement between Centreville National Bank and F. Winfield Trice, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2007)
 
 
 
10.5
 
Employment Agreement between The Avon-Dixon Agency, LLC and Mark M. Freestate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
 
 
 
10.6
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2010)
 
 
 
10.7
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2007)
 
 
 
10.8
 
Deferral Election, Investment Designation, and Beneficiary Designation Forms under the Shore Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006)
 
 
 
10.9
 
Form of Centreville National Bank of Maryland Director Indexed Fee Continuation Plan Agreement with Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006)
 
 
 
10.10
 
Form of Amended and Restated Director Indexed Fee Continuation Plan Agreement between Centreville National Bank and Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)
 
 
91

 
10.11
 
Form of Centreville National Bank Life Insurance Endorsement Split Dollar Plan Agreement with Messrs. Freestate and Pierson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2006)
 
 
 
10.12
 
Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005)
 
 
 
10.13
 
First Amendment to The Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of W. Moorhead Vermilye (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)
 
 
 
10.14
 
Talbot Bank of Easton, Maryland Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005)
 
 
 
10.15
 
1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on September 25, 1998 (Registration No. 333-64319))
 
 
 
10.16
 
Talbot Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 4, 2001 (Registration No. 333-60214))
 
 
 
10.17
 
Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s 2006 definitive proxy statement filed on March 24, 2006)
 
 
 
10.18
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2007)
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company (included in the “BUSINESS—General” section of Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Stegman & Company (filed herewith)
 
 
 
31.1
 
Certifications of the PEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)
 
 
 
31.2
 
Certifications of the PAO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)
 
 
 
32
  
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (furnished herewith)
 
 
92